Инструкция по эксплуатации форд транзит 2021 года

MK3J 19A321 AA

2021 TRANSIT Owners Manual

ford.caowner.ford.com

2021 TR A

N S

IT O w

ners M anual

April 2021 Second Printing

Litho in U.S.A.

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. Ford Motor Company 2021

All rights reserved. Part Number: MK3J 19A321 AA 202010 20210226100930

California Proposition 65

WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash your hands after handling.

Introduction About This Manual ……………………………………9 Symbols Glossary ……………………………………..9 Special Notices …………………………………………11

Data Privacy Data Privacy ……………………………………………..14 Service Data ……………………………………………..15 Event Data ………………………………………………..15 Settings Data ……………………………………………16 Connected Vehicle Data — Vehicles With:

Modem …………………………………………………..16 Mobile Device Data — Vehicles With:

SYNC 3 ……………………………………………………17 Emergency Call System Data ………………..17

Environment Protecting the Environment …………………..18

Child Safety General Information ………………………………..19 Installing Child Restraints ………………………21 Booster Seats …………………………………………..37 Child Restraint Positioning ……………………39 Child Safety Locks …………………………………..41

Seatbelts Principle of Operation ……………………………43 Fastening the Seatbelts ………………………..44 Seatbelt Height Adjustment ………………..46 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator

Chime ……………………………………………………46 Seatbelt Reminder ………………………………….47 Child Restraint and Seatbelt

Maintenance ………………………………………..49 Seatbelt Extensions ……………………………….49

Supplementary Restraints System

Principle of Operation ……………………………50

Driver and Passenger Airbags ………………..51 Side Airbags ……………………………………………..57 Safety Canopy …………………………………….58 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ……59 Airbag Disposal ………………………………………60

911 Assist What Is 911 Assist …………………………………….61 How Does 911 Assist Work ……………………..61 Emergency Call Requirements ……………..61 Emergency Call Limitations ………………….62

Keys and Remote Controls Principle of Operation ……………………………63 General Information on Radio

Frequencies ………………………………………….63 Remote Control — Vehicles Without:

Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) ………………………………………………………………..64

Remote Control — Vehicles With: Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) ………………..65

Remote Control — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door ………………………………………….67

Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control ………………………………………………………………..69

MyKey Principle of Operation ……………………………70 MyKey Settings ……………………………………….70 Creating a MyKey ……………………………………..71 Programming a MyKey ……………………………71 Clearing All MyKeys …………………………………73 Checking MyKey System Status …………..74 Using MyKey With Remote Start

Systems ………………………………………………..75 MyKey Troubleshooting ………………………75

Doors and Locks Locking and Unlocking …………………………..76

1

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Sliding Door — Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door

Sliding Door Precautions ………………………80 Opening the Sliding Door ……………………..80 Closing the Sliding Door ……………………….80

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

Sliding Door Precautions ………………………82 Opening the Sliding Door ………………………82 Closing the Sliding Door ………………………..83 Stopping the Sliding Door Movement

………………………………………………………………..84 Resetting the Power Sliding Door ……….84 Sliding Door Troubleshooting …………..85

Keyless Entry Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad ……..87 Master Access Code ……………………………….87 Keyless Entry Settings ……………………………87 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Using

Keyless Entry ……………………………………….88 Keyless Entry Troubleshooting …………88

Security Passive Anti-Theft System — Vehicles

With: Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) ………………………………………………….89

Anti-Theft Alarm — Vehicles Without: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery ………………………………………………….90

Anti-Theft Alarm — Vehicles With: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery …………………………………………………..91

Power Running Boards Using Power Running Boards ……………….93

Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel ………………96

Locking the Steering Wheel ………………….96

Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers ………………………………….97 Autowipers ……………………………………………….97 Windshield Washers ………………………………99

Lighting General Information …………………………….100 Lighting Control …………………………………….100 Autolamps ………………………………………………101 Instrument Lighting Dimmer ……………….102 Daytime Running Lamps ……………………..102 Automatic High Beam Control ……………103 Front Fog Lamps …………………………………..104 Direction Indicators ………………………………105 Interior Lamps — Van ……………………………..105 Cargo Lamps …………………………………………106

Windows and Mirrors Power Windows …………………………………….107 Exterior Mirrors ………………………………………108 Interior Mirror …………………………………………109

Instrument Cluster Gauges …………………………………………………….110 Warning Lamps and Indicators …………….111

Information Displays General Information ………………………………115 Trip Computer …………………………………………117 Personalized Settings ……………………………118

Remote Start What Is Remote Start …………………………..120 Remote Start Limitations …………………….120 Enabling Remote Start …………………………120 Remotely Starting and Stopping the

Vehicle …………………………………………………120

2

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Remote Start Settings ………………………….120

Climate Control Manual Climate Control ……………………….122 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate

……………………………………………………………….123 Rear Passenger Climate Controls ………124 Heated Rear Window ……………………………124 Heated Exterior Mirrors — Vehicles

Without: Heated Rear Window ……….124 Heated Exterior Mirrors — Vehicles With:

Heated Rear Window ………………………..124

Interior Air Quality What Is the Cabin Air Filter ………………….125 Locating the Cabin Air Filter ………………..125 Replacing the Cabin Air Filter ………………125

Seats Sitting in the Correct Position ……………..126 Head Restraints ……………………………………..126 Manual Seats — Vehicles With: 2-Way

Manual Seat ………………………………………..127 Manual Seats — Vehicles With: 4-Way

Manual Seat ……………………………………….128 Power Seats …………………………………………….131 Rear Seats ………………………………………………132 Heated Seats ………………………………………….135

Rear Occupant Alert System

What is the Rear Occupant Alert System ……………………………………………………………….136

How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System Work ………………………………………136

Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions ……………………………………………………………….136

Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations ……………………………………………………………….136

Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On and Off ………………………………………….136

Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On and Off — Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ……………………………………………………………….137

Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators — Vehicles With: SYNC ……………………….137

Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators — Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ……………………137

Rear Occupant Alert System Audible Warnings ……………………………………………..137

Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power Points ………………………….138 Cigar Lighter …………………………………………..140

Storage Compartments Overhead Console ………………………………….141

Storage Bottle Holders ………………………………………..142 Overhead Storage …………………………………142 Rear Overhead Storage ………………………..142

Starting and Stopping the Engine

General Information ……………………………..144 Ignition Switch ……………………………………….144 Starting a Gasoline Engine ………………….144 Switching Off the Engine …………………….146 Engine Block Heater ……………………………..146

Auto-Start-Stop — 3.5L Ecoboost

What Is Auto-Start-Stop ……………………..148 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ……………..148 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off

……………………………………………………………….148 Stopping the Engine ……………………………..148 Restarting the Engine …………………………..148 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators …………………149 Auto-Start-Stop Troubleshooting

……………………………………………………………….149

3

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Fuel and Refueling Safety Precautions …………………………………151 Fuel Quality — E85 …………………………………..151 Fuel Quality — Gasoline …………………………153 Fuel Filler Funnel Location …………………..153 Running Out of Fuel ………………………………153 Refueling …………………………………………………155

Engine Emission Control Emission Law …………………………………………158 Catalytic Converter — 3.5L Duratec/3.5L

Ecoboost …………………………………………159

Transmission Automatic Transmission ……………………….161 Tow/Haul ………………………………………………..163

All-Wheel Drive Using All-Wheel Drive …………………………..165

Brakes General Information ……………………………..170 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes

……………………………………………………………….170 Hill Start Assist ……………………………………….171 Auto Hold ………………………………………………..172

Parking Brake — Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake

Applying the Parking Brake ………………….174 Releasing the Parking Brake ………………..174 Parking Brake Audible Warning …………..174 Parking Brake Troubleshooting ……….174

Parking Brake — Vehicles With: Push Down Parking Brake

Applying the Parking Brake ………………….175 Releasing the Parking Brake ………………..175

Pushing the Parking Brake Lever Down ……………………………………………………………….175

Parking Brake Audible Warning …………..175 Parking Brake Troubleshooting ……….176

Electric Parking Brake What Is the Electric Parking Brake ………177 Applying the Electric Parking Brake …….177 Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an

Emergency …………………………………………..177 Manually Releasing the Electric Parking

Brake …………………………………………………….177 Automatically Releasing the Electric

Parking Brake ………………………………………177 Electric Parking Brake Audible Warning

……………………………………………………………….178 Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if

the Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of Charge ………………………………………………….178

Electric Parking Brake Troubleshooting ……………………………………………………………….178

Traction Control Principle of Operation ………………………….180 Using Traction Control …………………………180

Stability Control Principle of Operation ……………………………181 Using Stability Control ………………………….182

Parking Aids Principle of Operation …………………………..183 Parking Aid ……………………………………………..184 Rear Parking Aid …………………………………….185 Front Parking Aid …………………………………..187 Side Sensing System ……………………………189 Active Park Assist …………………………………..191 Rear View Camera — Vehicles With:

Parking Aid Camera …………………………..193 180 Degree Camera ………………………………196

4

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Cruise Control Principle of Operation ………………………….198 Using Cruise Control …………………………….198 Using Adaptive Cruise Control ……………199

Driving Aids Speed Limiter ……………………………………….206 Driver Alert ……………………………………………..207 Lane Keeping System ………………………….208 Blind Spot Information System …………..212 Cross Traffic Alert ………………………………….216 Eco ……………………………………………………………219 Steering ………………………………………………….220 Pre-Collision Assist ……………………………….221 Front View Camera ………………………………225 Drive Control ………………………………………….226

Load Carrying Roof Racks and Load Carriers — Bus …..228 Roof Racks and Load Carriers — Van

………………………………………………………………228 Load Retaining Fixtures ……………………….228 Load Limit ………………………………………………229

Towing Towing a Trailer …………………………………….234 Recommended Towing Weights —

Chassis Cab/Crew Van/Cutaway/Van ………………………………………………………………235

Recommended Towing Weights — M2 Bus ……………………………………………………….237

Essential Towing Checks …………………….239 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels …..245

Driving Hints Reduced Engine Performance ……………246 Economical Driving ………………………………246 Cold Weather Precautions ………………….246 Breaking-In …………………………………………….247 Driving Through Water …………………………247

Floor Mats ………………………………………………247

Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance ……………………………249 Hazard Flashers ……………………………………250 Emergency Exit — M2 Bus …………………….250 Fuel Shutoff …………………………………………..250 Jump Starting the Vehicle ……………………251 Transporting the Vehicle ……………………..253 Towing Points ………………………………………..254

Crash and Breakdown Information

Post-Crash Alert System …………………….255

Customer Assistance Ford Credit …………………………………………….256 Getting the Services You Need …………..256 In California (U.S. Only) ……………………….257 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto

Line Program (U.S. Only) ………………..258 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration

Program (Canada Only) ………………….259 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and

Canada ……………………………………………….259 Ordering Additional Owner’s Literature

……………………………………………………………….261 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)

……………………………………………………………….261 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)

………………………………………………………………262

Fuses Fuse Box Locations ………………………………263 Fuse Specification Chart …………………….264 Changing a Fuse ……………………………………276

Maintenance General Information …………………………….278 Opening and Closing the Hood ………….278

5

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Under Hood Overview — 3.5L Duratec ……………………………………………………………..280

Under Hood Overview — 3.5L Ecoboost ……………………………………………………………….281

Engine Oil Dipstick — 3.5L Duratec ……..282 Engine Oil Dipstick — 3.5L Ecoboost

………………………………………………………………282 Engine Oil Check …………………………………..282 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

………………………………………………………………283 Oil Change Indicator Reset …………………284 Changing the Engine Air Filter ……………284 Engine Cooling Fan ………………………………285 Engine Coolant Check …………………………285 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check

………………………………………………………………289 Brake Fluid Check ………………………………..290 Changing the 12V Battery ……………………290 Adjusting the Headlamps ……………………293 Washer Fluid Check ……………………………..294 Fuel Filter ……………………………………………….294 Checking the Wiper Blades ………………..294 Changing the Front Wiper Blades ……..295 Removing a Headlamp ………………………..295 Changing a Bulb …………………………………..296 Drive Belt Routing — Vehicles With: Dual

Generators ………………………………………….301 Drive Belt Routing — Vehicles With: Single

Generator ……………………………………………301

Vehicle Care Cleaning Products ………………………………..302 Cleaning the Exterior ……………………………303 Waxing …………………………………………………..304 Cleaning the Engine …………………………….304 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades

………………………………………………………………305 Cleaning the Interior …………………………….305 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and

Instrument Cluster Lens ………………….307 Repairing Minor Paint Damage ………….308

Cleaning the Wheels ……………………………308 Vehicle Storage …………………………………….308 Body Styling Kits ……………………………………310

Wheels and Tires General Information ………………………………311 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit …………………312 Tire Care ………………………………………………….315 Using Winter Tires ………………………………..332 Using Snow Chains ………………………………333 Tire Pressure Monitoring System ……….334 Changing a Road Wheel ……………………..339 Lug Nuts …………………………………………………350

Capacities and Specifications

Engine Specifications — 3.5L Duratec ………………………………………………………………352

Engine Specifications — 3.5L Ecoboost ………………………………………………………………353

Motorcraft Parts — 3.5L Duratec …………354 Motorcraft Parts — 3.5L Ecoboost …..355 Vehicle Identification Number ……………356 Transmission Code Designation …………357 Capacities and Specifications — 3.5L

Duratec ……………………………………………….358 Capacities and Specifications — 3.5L

Ecoboost ………………………………………..363 Bulb Specification Chart …………………….369

Connected Vehicle What Is a Connected Vehicle ……………….371 Connected Vehicle Requirements ………371 Connected Vehicle Limitations ……………371 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile

Network ……………………………………………….371 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi

Network ………………………………………………372 Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting —

Vehicles With: Modem ……………………..372

6

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting — Vehicles With: SYNC/SYNC 3 …………373

Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot ……….375 Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot

Name or Password ……………………………375

Audio System General Information …………………………….376 Audio Unit — Vehicles Without: SYNC

………………………………………………………………376 Audio Unit — Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ……378 AM/FM Radio — Vehicles Without: SYNC

………………………………………………………………379 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays —

Vehicles Without: SYNC ………………….380 Connecting a Bluetooth Device —

Vehicles Without: SYNC ………………….380 Streaming Bluetooth Audio — Vehicles

Without: SYNC ………………………………….380 Playing Media From a USB Device —

Vehicles Without: SYNC …………………..381 USB Port …………………………………………………381 Using Voice Recognition ……………………..382

SYNC General Information …………………………….383 Using Voice Recognition ……………………..384 Using SYNC With Your Phone ……….386 SYNC Applications and Services ……387 Using SYNC With Your Media Player

……………………………………………………………..390 SYNC Troubleshooting …………………….391

SYNC 3 General Information ……………………………400 Using Voice Recognition ……………………..402 Entertainment ………………………………………408 Phone ……………………………………………………..418 Navigation ………………………………………………419 Apps ……………………………………………………….425

Settings …………………………………………………..427 SYNC 3 Troubleshooting …………………429

Accessories Accessories ……………………………………………442 Auxiliary Switches ………………………………..443

Ford Protect Ford Protect ………………………………………….444

Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information ……446 Normal Scheduled Maintenance ………449 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled

Maintenance ………………………………………451

Customer Information Type Approvals …………………………………….454 California Proposition 65 — United States

of America …………………………………………458 Perchlorate ……………………………………………459 Replacement Parts Recommendation

……………………………………………………………..459 Mobile Communications Equipment

……………………………………………………………..460 Export Unique Options ……………………….460

Appendices Electromagnetic Compatibility …………..461 End User License Agreement …………….464 Declaration of Conformity ………………….489

7

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Table of Contents

8

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased. Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.

Note: Either Ford Motor Company or an authorized Ford dealer may have originally sold this incomplete vehicle to a vehicle modifier who upfitted it. As a result, it may have different options and features than described in this manual. This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

E154903

Right-hand side.A Left-hand side.B

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.

E162384 Air conditioning system

E231157

Air conditioning system lubricant type

Anti-lock braking system

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

9

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Introduction

Battery

Battery acid

Brake fluid — non petroleum based

Brake system

E270480

Brake system

E139223 Cabin air filter

Check fuel cap

Child safety door lock or unlock

Child seat lower anchor

E141128 Child seat tether anchor

E71340

Cruise control

Do not open when hot

Engine air filter

Engine coolant

Engine coolant temperature

Engine oil

Explosive gas

Fan warning

E71880

Fasten seatbelt

E231160

Flammable

E67017

Front airbag

Front fog lamps

Fuel pump reset

Fuse compartment

Hazard flashers

Heated rear window

Windshield defrosting system

Interior luggage compartment release

Jack

E161353

Keep out of reach of children

10

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Introduction

Lighting control

Low tire pressure warning

Maintain correct fluid level

Note operating instructions

E270945

Horn control

Panic alarm

E139213

Parking aid

Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

E231159

Requires registered technician

E65963 Safety alert

See Owner’s Manual

E231158

See Service Manual

Service engine soon

E270849

Passenger airbag activated

E270850

Passenger airbag deactivated

Side airbag

E167012

Shield the eyes

E138639

Stability control

E163957

Hill descent control

E272858

Trail control

E270969

Windshield wiping system

Windshield wash and wipe

SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicles New Vehicle Limited Warranty, refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owners Manual.

Special Instructions For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls.

11

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Introduction

WARNING: You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol. Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Never place front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats in front of an active passenger airbag.

On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector

WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link Connector (DLC) that is used in conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for vehicle diagnostics, repairs and reprogramming services. Installing an aftermarket device that uses the DLC during normal driving for purposes such as remote insurance company monitoring, transmission of vehicle data to other devices or entities, or altering the performance of the vehicle, may cause interference with or even damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in devices unless approved by Ford. The vehicle Warranty will not cover damage caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.

Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles

WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.

Before you drive your vehicle, please read this Owners Manual carefully. Your vehicle is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury or death.

Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing. Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package.

Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance If your light truck is equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, it may be utilized as an ambulance. Ford urges ambulance manufacturers to follow the recommendations of the Ford Incomplete Vehicle Manual, Ford Truck Body Builders Layout Book and the Qualified Vehicle Modifiers (QVM) Guidelines as well as pertinent supplements.

For additional information, please contact the Truck Body Builders Advisory Service:

Web Address

www.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas

You can also call us at 18778404338.

12

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Introduction

Other Vehicle Modifications

If converting or modifying your vehicle from production specification, refer to the Truck Body Builder Advisory website:

Web Address

www.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas

13

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Introduction

WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this manual was correct at the time of publication, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the local Ford website for the latest information. Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs. Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair. Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings. Data recorded includes, for example: Operating states of system

components, for example fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level.

Vehicle and component status, for example wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration and seatbelt status.

Events or errors in essential systems, for example headlamps and brakes.

System responses to driving situations, for example airbag deployment and stability control.

Environmental conditions, for example temperature.

Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person.

Services That We Provide If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed. For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.

Services That Third Parties Provide We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services equipped with your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide.

14

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Data Privacy

SERVICE DATA Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, for example, your contact information, to offer you products or services that may interest you. Data may be provided to our service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest

you, where permitted by law. For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries.

EVENT DATA This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle

were operating. Whether or not the driver and

passenger seatbelts were buckled/fastened.

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal.

How fast the vehicle was traveling. Where the driver was positioning the

steering wheel. This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

15

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Data Privacy

Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (for example name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder.

SETTINGS DATA Your vehicle has electronic control units that have the ability to store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe. See Settings (page 427).

Comfort and Convenience Data Data recorded includes, for example: Seat and steering wheel position. Climate control settings. Radio presets.

Entertainment Data Data recorded includes, for example: Music, videos or album art. Contacts and corresponding address

book entries. Navigation destinations.

CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA — VEHICLES WITH: MODEM

The modem has a SIM. The modem was enabled when your vehicle was built and periodically

sends messages to stay connected to the cell phone network, receive automatic software updates and send vehicle-related information to us, for example diagnostic information. These messages could include information that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial number of the modem. Cell phone network service providers could have access to additional information, for example cell phone network tower identification. For additional information about our privacy policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or refer to your local Ford website. Note: The modem continues to send this information unless you disable the modem or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data by changing the modem settings. See Connected Vehicle (page 371). Note: The service can be unavailable or interrupted for a number of reasons, for example environmental or topographical conditions and data plan coverage. Note: To find out if your vehicle has a modem, visit www.FordConnected.com.

16

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Data Privacy

MOBILE DEVICE DATA — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3 If you connect a mobile device to your vehicle, you can display data from your device on the touchscreen for example, music and album art. You can share your vehicle data with mobile apps on your device through the system. See Apps (page 425). The mobile apps function operates by your connected device sending data to us in the United States. The data is encrypted and includes, for example, the vehicle identification number of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial number, odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain it only as long as necessary to provide the service, to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement and to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law. If you connect a cell phone to the system, the system creates a profile that links to that cell phone. The cell phone profile enables more mobile features and efficient operation. The profile contains, for example data from your phonebook, read and unread text messages and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. If you connect a media device, the system creates and retains a media device index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity.

The cell phone profile, media device index and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when you connect your cell phone or media device. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you use the master reset function to erase the stored information. See Settings (page 427). System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle’s module. For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website. Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit www.FordConnected.com.

EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA When the emergency call system is active, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to the emergency call system may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to emergency services operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist emergency services operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the emergency call system. Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call systems that are required by law.

17

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Data Privacy

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT You should play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim. For additional information about our sustainability progress and initiatives, visit www.sustainability.ford.com.

18

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Environment

GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children.

WARNING: Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

WARNING: All children are shaped differently. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, base their recommendations for child restraints on probable child height, age and weight thresholds, or on the minimum requirements of the law. We recommend that you check with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician

(CPST) to make sure that you properly install the child restraint in your vehicle and that you consult your pediatrician to make sure you have a child restraint appropriate for your child. To locate a child restraint fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll free at 1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in child restraints made especially for their height, age and weight, may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.

19

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Recommended Restraint TypeChild Size, Height, Weight, or AgeChild

Use a child restraint (sometimes called an

infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat).

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Infants or toddlers

Use a belt-positioning booster seat.

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m)

tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb

(45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).

Small children

Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered

across the shoulder and chest, and seat backrest

upright.

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb

(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).

Larger children

You are required by law to properly use child restraints for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada.

Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle.

When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position.

When installing a rear facing child restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference between the child restraint and the vehicle seat in front of the child restraint.

20

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS Child Safety Restraint

E142594

Use a child safety restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts

WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child safety restraint with combination lap and shoulder belts: Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that

seating position. Insert the belt tongue into the correct

buckle until you hear a distinct click and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle.

Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety restraint, with the tongue between the child restraint and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling.

Place the vehicle seat upon which the child restraint will be installed in the upright position.

Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking mode. See Step 5. Your vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip.

Perform the following steps when installing the child restraint with combination lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child restraint illustrated is a forward facing child restraint, the steps are the same for installing a rearward facing child restraint.

21

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E142528

1. Position the child safety restraint in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.

E142529

2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together.

E142530

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Make sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

E142531

4. Insert the belt tongue into the correct buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a distinct click and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

E142875

5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out.

Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats.

22

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E142533

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that exists once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the correct snugness of the child restraint to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle helps to remove remaining slack from the belt.

9. Attach the tether strap (if the child restraint is equipped).

E142534

10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for correct installation.

We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is correctly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.

Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH)

WARNING: Do not attach two child safety restraints to the same anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety restraint attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.

23

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

WARNING: Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors where the seat backrest and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor behind that seating position.

LATCH compatible child safety restraints have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle. This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use seatbelts to attach the child restraint, however the seatbelt can still be used to attach the child restraint. For forward-facing child restraints, the top tether strap must also be attached to the correct top tether anchor, if a top tether strap has been provided with your child restraint.

E311548

24

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E258858

E254574

25

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E258864

E282290

26

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E254575

E266915

27

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E254576

E258867

28

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child restraint installation at the seating positions marked with the child restraint symbol. Note: In addition to those shown, other seating positions may also have LATCH lower anchor points. You can identify these with the child restraint symbol shown on those seating positions.

E177639

The LATCH anchors are at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat backrest above the symbols as shown. Follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions to correctly install a child restraint with LATCH attachments. Follow the instructions on attaching child safety restraints with tether straps. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child restraint only to the anchors shown.

Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outermost Seating Positions (Center Seating Use)

WARNING: The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm) center to center. Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle.

Do not attach a child restraint to any lower anchor if an adjacent child restraint is attached to that anchor. Each time you use the safety restraint, check that the seat is correctly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug the child restraint from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle. The seat should move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do this for a correct installation. If the safety restraint is not anchored correctly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases.

Combining Seatbelt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Restraints When used in combination, either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first, provided a correct installation is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward, if included with the child restraint.

29

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Using Tether Straps

E141128 Many forward-facing child safety restraints include a tether strap which extends from the back of

the child safety restraint and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety restraints.

Contact the manufacturer of your child restraint for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on the safety restraint does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle. Once the child safety restraint has been installed using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from top view):

E254595

30

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E311549

E258857

31

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E258859

E258865

32

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E282292

E258863

33

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E267027

E258866

34

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E258868

Perform the following steps to install a child safety restraint with tether anchors: Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child restraint off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child restraint. Keeping the child restraint just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash.

Front Passenger Seating Position 1. Adjust the front passenger seat fully

forward. 2. Route the child safety restraint tether

strap over the back of the seat, under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts.

35

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E178096

3. Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the seat for the selected seating position. The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel. Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors.

4. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown.

5. Adjust the front passenger seat fully rearward.

6. Tighten the child safety restraint tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, we also recommend its use.

Rear Seats 1. Route the child safety restraint tether

strap over the back of the seat, under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts.

36

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E177640

2. Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the seat for the selected seating position. The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel. Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors.

3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown.

4. Tighten the child safety restraint tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If your child restraint system has a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, we also recommend its use.

BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING: Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.

Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat:

E142595

Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat backrest with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion?

Can the child sit without slouching?

37

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Does the lap belt rest low across the hips?

Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest?

Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip?

Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

Types of Booster Seats

E68924

Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat backrest or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child’s head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat backrest or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat.

E70710

High back booster seats If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child’s head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice. Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child’s hips.

38

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

E142596

E142597

If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions.

CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING

WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child’s size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions and

39

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child’s height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death.

WARNING: Do not allow a passenger to hold a child on their lap when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

WARNING: Do not use pillows, books or towels to boost your child’s height. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Properly secure child restraints or booster seats when they are not in use. They could become projectiles in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.

WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

40

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Recommendations for Attaching Child Safety Restraints for Children

Use Any Attachment Method as Indicated Below by X

Combined Weight of Child and

Child Restraint

Restraint Type

Seatbelt Only

Seatbelt and LATCH

(Lower Anchors and Top Tether

Anchor)

Seatbelt and Top Tether Anchor

LATCH (Lower

Anchors Only)

LATCH (Lower

Anchors and Top Tether

Anchor)

XXUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Rear facing child

restraint

XOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Rear facing child

restraint

XXXUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Forward facing child

restraint

XXOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Forward facing child

restraint

Note: The child restraint must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 126).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

WARNING: You cannot open the rear doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on.

E259284

The child safety lock is on the rear side door.

41

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

Left-Hand Side Turn the key counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock.

Right-Hand Side Turn the key clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.

42

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Child Safety

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Always drive and ride with the seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.

WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained.

WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death.

WARNING: All occupants of the vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.

WARNING: Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the seatbelt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.

WARNING: When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: Seatbelts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them.

WARNING: Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear seatbelts for optimum protection in an accident.

All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder belts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. The seatbelt system consists of: Lap and shoulder seatbelts. Shoulder seatbelt with automatic

locking mode, (except driver seatbelt). Height adjuster at the front outboard

seating positions. Seatbelt pretensioner at the front

outboard seating positions.

43

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

E71880

Seatbelt warning light and chime.

E67017

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.

The seatbelt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags. In side crashes and rollovers, the seatbelt pretensioners activate when the Safety Canopy is activated.

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS The front outermost and rear safety restraints in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.

E142587

1. Insert the seatbelt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch.

Note: Make sure that the seatbelt tongue is properly fastened in the seatbelt buckle.

E142588

2. Press the button to release the seatbelt tongue.

Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy

WARNING: Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure.

E170730

44

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.

Seatbelt Locking Modes

WARNING: After a crash, have a qualified technician check all the seatbelts to make sure the seatbelts including the automatic locking retractor feature for child restraints operate properly. We recommend replacing any system that has damage or does not operate properly. Failure to do so can result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or another crash.

WARNING: You must replace the seatbelt if the automatic locking retractor or any other seatbelt function is not operating correctly. Failure to replace the seatbelt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a crash.

All seatbelts in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt has the first type of locking mode, and the front outermost passenger and rear seat seatbelts have both types of locking modes described as follows:

Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if you brake suddenly or turn a corner sharply, or your vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination seatbelts lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers. In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract. If the retractor does not unlock, pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat backrest or push the seat backrest cushion away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position.

Automatic Locking Mode In this mode, the shoulder belt automatically pre-locks. The seatbelt still retracts to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver seatbelt.

Using Automatic Locking Mode You should use automatic locking mode when a child safety seat, except a booster, is on the front passenger seat or rear seat. Children 12 years old and under should be correctly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 19).

45

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

E142591

1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.

2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until you pull the entire seatbelt out.

3. Let the seatbelt retract. Note: As the seatbelt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the seatbelt is now in the automatic locking mode.

Disengaging Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and return the seatbelt to the vehicle sensitive mode.

SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

WARNING: Position the seatbelt height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

E165022

1

2

2

3

1. Press the button. 2. Slide the height adjuster up or down. 3. Release the button and pull down on

the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.

SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME

E71880

This lamp illuminates and an indicator chime will sound if the driver seatbelt has not been

fastened when the vehicle’s ignition is turned on.

46

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

Conditions of operation

ThenIf

The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and the indicator chime sounds for a few

seconds.

The driver seatbelt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-

tion…

The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime turn off.

The driver seatbelt is buckled while the warning lamp is illuminated and the indic-

ator chime is sounding…

The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime remain off.

The driver seatbelt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position…

SEATBELT REMINDER Belt-Minder This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled.

The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid activating the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place in the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system. If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

47

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

Then…If…

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the

ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on…

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every

25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger

buckle your safety belts.

You or the front seat passenger do not buckle your safety belts before your vehicle reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition

on…

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every

25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger

buckle your safety belts.

The safety belt for the driver or front passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph

(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on…

Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature

WARNING: While the system allows you to deactivate it, this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident. We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use your vehicle.

Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process. Read Steps 1 — 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure. Before following the procedure, make sure that: The parking brake is set. The transmission is in park (P).

The ignition is off. The driver and front passenger safety

belts are unbuckled. 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the

engine. 2. Wait until the safety belt warning light

turns off (about one minute). After Step 2, wait an additional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 60 seconds.

3. For the seating position you are switching off, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on.

4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation.

48

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on.

This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off.

CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child restraint seatbelts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat backrest (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint. We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Properly care for seatbelts.

SEATBELT EXTENSIONS

WARNING: Persons who fit into the vehicle’s seatbelt should not use an extension. Unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of a crash.

WARNING: Only use extensions provided free of charge by our dealers. The dealer will provide an extension designed specifically for this vehicle, model year and seating position. The use of an extension intended for another vehicle, model year or seating position may not offer you the full protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt restraint system.

WARNING: Never use seatbelt extensions to install child restraints.

WARNING: Do not use a seatbelt extension with an inflatable seatbelt.

WARNING: Do not use extensions to change the way the seatbelt fits across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.

If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fasten the seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an extension that is compatible with the seatbelts is available free of charge from our dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions made by the original equipment seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your authorized dealer if your extension is compatible with your vehicle restraint system.

49

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seatbelts

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module.

WARNING: All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: Even with advanced restraints systems, properly restrain children 12 and under in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers. Objects could become projectiles during airbag deployment or in a sudden stop. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them after inflation.

WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the seatbelts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal. The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residue is toxic.

50

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required.

DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS

WARNING: Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers. Objects could become projectiles during airbag deployment. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

E151127

The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes. The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of: Driver and passenger airbag modules. Crash sensors and monitoring system

with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 59).

E67017

Passenger Airbag On and Off Switch (If Equipped)

WARNING: Even with advanced restraints systems, properly restrain children 12 and under in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: The front passenger airbag is not designed to offer protection to an occupant in the center seating position.

51

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNING: Your vehicle may have an airbag deactivation switch. Before driving, always look at the switch to make sure it is in the appropriate position. Failure to put the switch in the proper position can increase the risk of serious injury or death in a crash.

E279408

The front passenger airbag on and off switch has indicators that will illuminate, indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either on or off. The indicator lamp is on the overhead panel. Note: The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON lamps illuminate for a short period of time when you switch the ignition on to confirm it is functional.

Passenger airbagPassenger airbag status indicator

Switch position

DisabledOFF: LitOff

ON: Unlit

EnabledOFF: UnlitOn

ON: Lit

Turning the Passenger Airbag Off

WARNING: If the light does not illuminate when the passenger airbag switch is off and you switch the ignition on, have the passenger airbag switch serviced immediately by a qualified technician.

WARNING: To avoid switching on the airbag, always remove the ignition key with the switch in the off position.

WARNING: Never place front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats in front of an active passenger airbag.

WARNING: You must switch the passenger airbag off when using a rearward facing child restraint on the front seat.

52

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

E181523

E181522

1. Insert the ignition key, turn the switch to OFF and hold in OFF while removing the key.

2. When the ignition is turned on, the pass airbag off light illuminates briefly, momentarily shuts off and then turns back on. This indicates that the passenger airbag is deactivated.

Turning the Passenger Airbag Back On

WARNING: The seatbelts for the driver and right front passenger seating positions are specifically designed to operate together with the airbags in certain types of crashes. When you switch off your airbag, you not only lose the protection of the airbag, you also may reduce the effectiveness of your seatbelt system. If the passenger does not meet the requirements stated in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Transport Canada deactivation criteria, switching off the airbag can increase the risk of serious injury or death in a crash.

WARNING: If your vehicle has rear seats, always transport children who are 12 and younger in the rear seat. Always use seatbelts and child restraints properly. Do not place a child in a rear facing infant seat in the front seat unless your vehicle is equipped with an airbag on and off switch and the passenger airbag is turned off. This is because the back of the infant seat is too close to the inflating airbag and the risk of a fatal injury to the infant when the airbag inflates is substantial.

WARNING: If the passenger airbag off light is illuminated when the passenger airbag switch is on and the ignition is on, have the passenger airbag switch serviced immediately by a qualified technician.

The passenger airbag remains off until you turn it back on.

53

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

E181521

1. Insert the ignition key and turn the switch to ON.

2. The pass airbag off light will briefly illuminate when the ignition is turned to on. This indicates that the passenger airbag is operational.

The passenger airbag should always be on (the pass airbag off light should not be illuminated) unless the passenger meets the requirements stated either in Category 1, 2 or 3 of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Transport Canada deactivation criteria which follows. The vast majority of drivers and passengers are much safer with an airbag than without. To do their job and reduce the risk of life threatening injuries, airbags must open with great force, and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk in some situations, particularly when a front seat passenger is not using the seatbelt correctly. The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary airbag injuries without reducing the overall safety of your vehicle is to make sure all passengers are correctly restrained in the vehicle, especially in the front seat. This provides the protection of seatbelts and permits the airbags to provide the additional protection they were designed to provide. If you

choose to deactivate your airbag, you are losing the very significant risk reducing benefits of the airbag and you are also reducing the effectiveness of the seatbelts, because seatbelts in modern vehicles are designed to work as a safety system with the airbags.

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Deactivation Criteria (Excluding Canada)

WARNING: This vehicle has special energy management seatbelts for the driver and right front passenger. These particular seatbelts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury in a crash. The energy management seatbelt gives or releases additional seatbelt webbing in some accidents to reduce the concentration of force on an occupant’s chest and to reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the airbag is off, this energy management seatbelt might permit the passenger wearing the seatbelt to move forward enough to have a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk. Make sure the airbag is on for any passenger who does not qualify under the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration deactivation criteria.

1. Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) must ride in the front seat because:

54

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The vehicle has no rear seat; The vehicle has a rear seat too small

to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or

The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.

2. Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because: The vehicle has no rear seat; Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in

the rear seat(s) whenever possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of the vehicle; or

The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.

3. Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which, according to his or her physician: Causes the passenger airbag to pose

a special risk for the passenger; Makes the potential harm from the

passenger airbag in a crash greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the dashboard or windshield in a crash.

Transport Canada Deactivation Criteria (Canada Only)

WARNING: This vehicle has special energy management seatbelts for the driver and right front passenger. These particular seatbelts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury in a crash. The energy management seatbelt gives or releases additional seatbelt webbing in some accidents to reduce the concentration of force on an occupant’s chest and to reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the airbag is off, this energy management seatbelt might permit the passenger wearing the seatbelt to move forward enough to have a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk. Make sure the airbag is on for any passenger who does not qualify under the Transport Canada deactivation criteria.

1. Infant: An infant (less than 1 year old) must ride in the front seat because: My vehicle has no rear seat; The rear seat in my vehicle cannot

accommodate a rear-facing infant seat;

The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the infant’s condition.

2. Child age 12 or under: A child age 12 or under must ride in the front seat because:

55

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

My vehicle has no rear seat; Athough children age 12 and under ride

in the rear seat whenever possible, children age 12 and under have no option but to sometimes ride in the front seat because rear seat space is insufficient;

The child has a medical condition that, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the child’s condition.

3. Medical condition: A passenger has a medical condition that, according to his or her physician: Poses a special risk for the passenger

if the airbag deploys; and Makes the potential harm from the

passenger airbag deployment greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and experiencing a crash without the protection offered by the airbag

Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment

WARNING: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant’s chest and the driver airbag module.

To properly position yourself away from the airbag: Move your seat to the rear as far as you

can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.

Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position.

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on seatbelts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. Properly seated occupants sit upright, lean against the seat back, and center themselves on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

Children and Airbags

WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death.

56

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

E142846

Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash.

SIDE AIRBAGS

WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

WARNING: Accessory seat covers not released by Ford could prevent the deployment of the airbags and increase the risk of injuries in a crash.

WARNING: Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback.

WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats. In certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes.

E152533

The system consists of the following: A label or embossed side panel

indicating that side airbags are found on your vehicle.

Side airbags located inside the seatback of the driver and front passenger seats.

57

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

E67017

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag

Indicator (page 59).

The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags.

SAFETY CANOPY

WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

WARNING: Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner.

WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNING: To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the airbag.

WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The Safety Canopy deploys during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless of which seats are occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events.

E75004

58

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The system consists of the following: Safety Canopy curtain airbags above

the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.

A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment

E67017

Crash sensors and monitoring system with a readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors

and Airbag Indicator (page 59).

Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening. The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy).

CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR

WARNING: Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle (including hood, bumper system, frame, front end body structure, tow hooks and hood pins) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify or add equipment to the front end of your vehicle.

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys (activates) the front safety belt pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger airbag, seat mounted side airbags, and the Safety Canopy. Based on the type of crash (frontal impact, side impact or rollover), the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices. The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required. A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:

E67017

The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on.

The readiness light will either flash or stay lit.

A series of five beeps will be heard. The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem, the light or both are repaired.

If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash.

59

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (crash severity, belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices. The design of the front airbags is to

activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration).

The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and in rollovers.

The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events. Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation, or a certain likelihood of rollover.

The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events. The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation, or a certain likelihood of rollover.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel.

60

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

WHAT IS 911 ASSIST 911 Assist is a SYNC system feature that can call for help. For more information, visit www.owner.ford.com .

HOW DOES 911 ASSIST WORK If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off. If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone. SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services. Before making the call: SYNC provides about 10 seconds to

cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.

SYNC says the following, or a similar message: «SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel.»

If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator. The occupants in your vehicle are able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically. During an emergency call the system transmits vehicle data to the emergency service.

EMERGENCY CALL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING: Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.

WARNING: Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.

WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.

The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.

You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC.

A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.

61

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

911 Assist

A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.

The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.

Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is switched off and the phone is connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the status bar. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.

EMERGENCY CALL LIMITATIONS The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. Your cellular phone or 911 Assist

hardware sustains damage in a crash. The vehicle’s battery or the SYNC

system has no power. The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle

are the ones paired and connected to the system.

62

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

911 Assist

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The remote control allows you to: remotely lock or unlock the vehicle

doors unlock the doors without actively using

a key or remote control (intelligent access only)

remotely open the power liftgate (if equipped)

remotely start or stop the engine (if equipped)

arm and disarm the anti-theft system activate the panic alarm.

GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Licence exempt RSS Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: This device may not cause harmful

interference, and This device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term «IC:» before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range. One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range: Weather conditions. Nearby radio towers. Structures around the vehicle. Other vehicles parked next to your

vehicle. Other short distance radio transmissions, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, remote controls and alarm systems can also use the radio frequency used by your remote control. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key. Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended. Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally. Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage.

63

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

REMOTE CONTROL — VEHICLES WITHOUT: PASSIVE ANTI- THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If

Equipped)

E177585

Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle.

E138615

Note: Your vehicle keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference.

Programming a New Remote Control Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin.

Make sure all new and existing remote controls are present before beginning this procedure. This procedure erases all existing programmed remote controls. Reprogram all the existing remote controls during this procedure. 1. Unlock the vehicle with the power door

unlock control. 2. Switch the ignition from off to on eight

times within six seconds, finishing in the off position. A tone sounds to indicate that it is now possible to program a remote control.

3. Press and hold any button on the remote control within 10 seconds. A tone sounds as confirmation.

4. Repeat step 3 within 10 seconds for each remote control.

Note: Programming ends when you switch the ignition on, or after 10 seconds. If you have successfully programmed the remote control, it operates the remote entry system. If programming was unsuccessful, wait 10 seconds and repeat the process. Note: You can program a maximum of eight remote controls to your vehicle.

Changing the Remote Control Battery The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of remote control batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed remote control from your vehicle. The remote control should operate normally.

64

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

Integrated Keyhead Transmitter

E138619

1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover.

2. Remove the old battery.

E138620

3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing.

4. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter.

Locating Your Vehicle Press the lock button on the remote control twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash.

Note: If locking was not successful, any door is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an alarm or remote start then the horn sounds but the direction indicators do not flash.

Switching the Panic Alarm On and Off

E138624

Press the button on the remote control to switch the panic alarm on. Press the button again or

switch the ignition on to switch the panic alarm off.

We recommend you do not use this method to locate your vehicle. Note: The panic alarm only operates when the ignition is off.

REMOTE CONTROL — VEHICLES WITH: PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If

Equipped)

E177585

Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle.

65

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

E138615

Note: Your vehicle keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference.

Programming a New Remote Control To program a new remote control, See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 89).

Changing the Remote Control Battery The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of remote control batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed remote control from your vehicle. The remote control should operate normally.

Integrated Keyhead Transmitter

E138619

1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover.

2. Remove the old battery.

E138620

3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing.

4. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter.

Locating Your Vehicle Press the lock button on the remote control twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash.

66

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

Note: If locking was not successful, any door is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an alarm or remote start then the horn sounds but the direction indicators do not flash.

Switching the Panic Alarm On and Off

E138624

Press the button on the remote control to switch the panic alarm on. Press the button again or

switch the ignition on to switch the panic alarm off.

We recommend you do not use this method to locate your vehicle. Note: The panic alarm only operates when the ignition is off.

REMOTE CONTROL — VEHICLES WITH: POWER SLIDING DOOR Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. The buttons on the key operate the remote control function.

E302820

Changing the Remote Control Battery

WARNING: Keep batteries away from children to prevent ingestion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If ingested, immediately seek medical attention.

WARNING: If the battery compartment does not securely close, stop using the remote control and replace it as soon as possible. In the meantime, keep the remote control away from children. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

E107998

Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way.

Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.

The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent.

E302821

1. Press the release button.

67

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

E302822

2. Insert a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, in the position shown and gently push the clip.

3. Press the clip down to release the battery cover.

E151799

4. Carefully remove the cover.

E151800

5. Insert a screwdriver in the position shown to release the battery.

Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver.

E151801

6. Remove the battery. 7. Insert a new battery with the + facing

upward. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. 8. Reinstall the battery cover.

Locating Your Vehicle

E138623

Press the lock button on the key twice within three seconds. The direction indicators flash.

68

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

Remote Control Information Messages

ActionMessage

Displays when the remote control battery requires replacing.Key Battery Low Replace Soon

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL You can purchase replacement keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Remote Control (page 67). To re-program the passive anti-theft system see an authorized dealer.

69

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The system is designed to promote good driving behaviors using keys that you have programmed with some restricted settings.

MYKEY SETTINGS Non-Configurable Settings Seatbelt Reminder The audio system mutes when the seatbelt reminder turns on. The seatbelt reminder cannot be switched off with a MyKey.

Early Low Fuel The low fuel level indicator turns on earlier.

Driving and Parking Aids Parking aids, blind spot information system and cross traffic alert turn on when you start the engine and cannot be switched off with a MyKey. Pre-collision assist and lane keeping alert turn on when you start the engine, but can be switched off with a MyKey.

Satellite Radio Adult content is restricted when using a MyKey.

Configurable Settings You can configure the following settings after creating a MyKey. See Creating a MyKey (page 71).

Speed Limit

WARNING: Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury.

You can set a speed limit for your vehicle. Warning messages appear in the information display and a tone sounds if your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed when using a MyKey.

Speed Reminder You can set a speed reminder for your vehicle. Warning messages appear in the information display and a tone sounds if your vehicle exceeds the set speed.

Audio System Volume Limit The audio system maximum volume is reduced. A message appears in the information display if you attempt to exceed the volume limit. Automatic volume control turns off.

Emergency Assistance If you set emergency assistance to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.

Do Not Disturb If you set do not disturb to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.

Traction Control If you set traction control to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.

70

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

CREATING A MYKEY Switch the ignition on using an admin key.

To create a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.MyKey

Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display.

Create MyKey

Switch the ignition off.

Note: We recommend that you label this key.

MyKey Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already designated as a MyKey.

Key is Already a MyKey

Displays to confirm that the key is restricted after you switch the ignition off.

This Key restricted at Next Key Cycle. Label Key as MyKey

PROGRAMMING A MYKEY You can only program MyKeys to the same settings.

Switch the ignition on using an admin key.

71

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

To program a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.MyKey

Select a setting and press the OK button.

Configure the setting.

Switch the ignition off.

72

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS When you clear all MyKeys, you remove all

restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status. Switch the ignition on using an admin key.

To clear all MyKeys, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.MyKey

Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display.

Clear MyKeys

73

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS

Switch the ignition on.

To find information about the distance traveled using a MyKey and also the number of admin keys and MyKeys created for your vehicle, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.MyKey

Press the OK button.MyKey Info

74

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS The system is not compatible with non-Ford remote start systems.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING What is an admin key? An admin key is a key that has not been

created as a MyKey. See Creating a MyKey (page 71).

Why can I not create a MyKey? The key used to switch the ignition on

is not an admin key. The key used to switch the ignition on

is the only admin key. There always has to be at least one admin key.

Why can I not program a MyKey? The key used to switch the ignition on

is not an admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating

a MyKey (page 71).

Why can I not clear the MyKeys? The key used to switch the ignition on

is not an admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating

a MyKey (page 71).

Why does the MyKey distance not accumulate? The key used to start the engine is an

admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating

a MyKey (page 71). The MyKeys have been cleared.

75

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

MyKey

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Locking Locking With the Key Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle.

Locking With the Remote Control Press the button once. The direction indicators will flash. Press the button again within

three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash. Note: You can lock the driver door with the key. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning. Note: Make sure you have locked your vehicle before leaving it unattended. Note: Do not leave the keys in your vehicle. Note: Do not use the door latch assembly to attach any accessory, such as handles or steps, as this can cause damage to your vehicle.

Unlocking Unlocking With the Key Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle.

Unlocking With the Remote Control Press the button once. The direction indicators will flash.

Note: You can unlock the driver door with the key. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning. Note: When you leave your vehicle unattended for several weeks, the remote control turns off.

Note: Unlock your vehicle and start the engine using the key. Unlocking and starting your vehicle once enables the remote control.

Unlocking the Cargo Doors Press the button.

Reprogramming the Unlocking Function You can program the unlocking function so that all doors unlock or only the driver door unlocks. See Reprogramming the Unlocking Function (page 87).

Locking and Unlocking the Doors From Inside

E148829

A

B

Lock.A Unlock.B

76

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Doors and Locks

Opening the Double Rear Doors

E148805

E148806

Fully Opening the Double Rear Doors

E178366

1. Slide the lever to release the catch. 2. Fully open the cargo door.

Unlocking and Opening the Double Rear Doors From Inside

E175828

1. Lift the locking button up.

77

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Doors and Locks

E255876

2. Pull the upper release lever toward you or slide the lower release lever downward to open the door.

E148806

3. Pull the release lever to open the other door.

Rear Emergency Exit Wagon and Bus

E236264

1. Lift the locking button up.

E179501

2. Pull the interior handle up to open the door in an emergency.

Autolock (If Equipped)

Autolock locks all the doors when all of the following occur: All doors are closed. The ignition is on.

78

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Doors and Locks

You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion.

Your vehicle reaches a speed greater than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Use the interior door unlock button or switch the ignition off and use the key or remote control to unlock the rear or sliding door.

Autounlock Autounlock unlocks all doors within 10 minutes of the end of a drive cycle, when the driver door is opened and the ignition is off.

Switching Autounlock On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Locks. 4. Switch Autounlock on or off.

One-Stage Unlocking You can switch on this function using the information display. If you have switched on this function, you unlock all doors including the rear doors and the sliding door. You unlock all of the doors when you: Press the unlock button on the remote

control once. Press the interior unlock button once.

Two-Stage Unlocking You unlock the front doors when you: Press the unlock button on the remote

control once. Press the interior unlock button once.

You unlock the front doors and cargo area when you: Press the unlock button on the remote

control once. Press the unlock button on the remote

control twice within three seconds.

Zone Re-Locking (If Equipped)

If you enable zone re-locking and open one door, all other doors remain locked. See an authorized dealer for further information. The locks on van, bus or wagon have two zones, cabin and cargo. For van, the cargo area includes the rear doors and the sliding door. For bus or wagon, the cargo area includes the rear doors. Exit your vehicle and press the lock

button. Press the unlock button or the cargo

area unlock button once to open the respective zone.

If you now open a door within the unlocked zone, the other doors in that zone automatically lock.

Configurable Unlocking Configurable unlocking is set when you purchase your vehicle. It allows you to select which doors unlock when you press, once or twice, the unlock button or the cargo area unlock button on your remote control. You cannot switch this feature back on if you had it switched off. See an authorized dealer for further information.

79

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Doors and Locks

SLIDING DOOR PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Fully close the sliding door before driving, to prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not open or close the sliding door when your hands are near the tracks or rollers. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

Note: Do not leave the sliding door open when you are driving. This could damage the sliding door and its components.

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E148804

Pull the interior door handle to open the sliding door.

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E293743

Pull the exterior door handle to open the sliding door.

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E171966

12

80

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door

1. Pull the interior door handle to release the door check feature.

2. Slide the door to close.

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E172313

1 2

1. Pull the exterior door handle to release the door check feature.

2. Slide the door to close.

81

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door

SLIDING DOOR PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Fully close the power sliding door before driving, to prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not open or close the power sliding door when your hands are near the tracks or rollers. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: When closing the power sliding door, verify that it is free of obstruction and make sure that people and pets are not in the proximity of the sliding door opening.

Note: Do not leave the sliding door open when you are driving. This could damage the sliding door and its components. Note: If you operate the sliding door often during a short period of time, the system could become not available for a certain time to prevent damage due to overheating. Allow the system to open the sliding door. Do not manually push or pull the sliding door when it is moving. This could damage the sliding door and its components.

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Instrument Panel Button

E293692 Press the button on the instrument panel twice to open the sliding door.

Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Sliding Door Handle

E310708

1. Lift the locking button up.

E148804

2. Pull and release the interior sliding door handle to open the sliding door.

82

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E293743

Pull and release the exterior door handle to open the sliding door.

OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR WITH THE REMOTE CONTROL

E293692 Press the button on the remote control twice within three seconds.

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Instrument Panel Button

E293692 Press the button on the instrument panel to close the sliding door. A tone sounds when

the sliding door begins to close.

Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Sliding Door Handle

E293744

Pull and release the interior sliding door handle to close the sliding door.

83

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR FROM OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE

E293742

Pull and release the exterior door handle to close the sliding door.

CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR WITH THE REMOTE CONTROL

E293692 Press the button on the remote control twice within three seconds. A tone sounds when

the sliding door begins to close.

STOPPING THE SLIDING DOOR MOVEMENT You can stop the sliding door movement by doing any of the following: Pressing the sliding door button on the

remote control twice within three seconds.

Pressing the sliding door button on the instrument panel.

Pulling the sliding door interior or exterior door handle.

RESETTING THE POWER SLIDING DOOR Make sure that you complete the procedure within 10 seconds. To reset the power sliding door do the following: 1. Manually close the sliding door. Note: Make sure that the sliding door is fully closed. 2. Pull the interior door handle in closing

direction three times within three seconds.

84

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

SLIDING DOOR TROUBLESHOOTING

SLIDING DOOR INFORMATION MESSAGES

ActionMessage

The system has malfunctioned. Manually close the power sliding door. Pull and release the power sliding door handle to open the power sliding door. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Right Power Sliding Door Calibration Needed

Left Power Sliding Door Calibration Needed

The system has malfunctioned. Reset the power sliding door. See Resetting the Power Sliding Door (page 84). If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Right Rear Door Motor Disconnected See Manual

Left Rear Door Motor Disconnected See Manual

85

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

SLIDING DOOR FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Why does the power sliding door stop moving?

The power sliding door stops when it detects an obstacle. A tone sounds and the power sliding door starts moving in the opposite direction. After you remove the obstacle, you can continue to operate the power sliding door.

Why is the power sliding door moving with reduced speed?

You let the power sliding door open for more than five minutes. Fully close the power sliding door using the button on the instrument panel or the power sliding door handles. Open the power sliding door as normal.

Why can I not close the power sliding door?

If the power sliding door does not close, restart the engine and then close it as normal. See Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle (page 83). If the power sliding door still does not close, manually close the power sliding door and then open it as normal. If the power sliding door still does not close the system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

What can I do if the power sliding door does not operate as normal?

If there is a malfunction on the power sliding door, restart the engine.

How can I open the sliding door if the system loses power?

If the sliding door loses power, you could need to apply more force when trying to open it. Push the back of the sliding door and the interior sliding door handle in opening direction at the same time and open it as normal.

86

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Sliding Door — Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door

LOCATING THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD

E307685

The keypad is under the driver door window. It may illuminate when you press a button.

MASTER ACCESS CODE

WHAT IS THE MASTER ACCESS CODE The master access code is a factory-set five-digit entry code. You can operate the keypad with the master access code at any time.

KEYLESS ENTRY SETTINGS

REPROGRAMMING THE UNLOCKING FUNCTION You can program the unlocking function so that only the driver door unlocks. Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons on the remote control simultaneously for at least four seconds with the ignition off. The direction indicators flash twice to confirm the change. To return to the original unlocking function, repeat the process. You can also change between the unlocking modes in the information display.

1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings.

2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Locks. 4. Select Remote Unlock. 5. Select All Doors or Driver’s Door.

CREATING PERSONAL ACCESS CODES 1. Enter the master access code. Note: You can find the master access code on the owner’s wallet card or at an authorised dealer. 2. Within five seconds press and hold the

12 button for one second. Note: A red light flashes twice. 3. Enter your personal access code. Note: Your personal access code must be a five-digit code. You must enter each number within five seconds of each other. The doors unlock, lock and then unlock and the red light flashes twice to confirm that a personal access code has been created.

CLEARING ALL PERSONAL ACCESS CODES 1. Enter the master access code. 2. Within five seconds press and hold the

12 button for five seconds.

87

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keyless Entry

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE DOORS USING KEYLESS ENTRY

UNLOCKING THE DOORS Enter the master access code or your personal access code to unlock the driver’s door, then press the 34 button within five seconds to unlock all doors. Note: If you program the unlocking function so that all doors unlock, you do not have to press the 34 button. See Reprogramming the Unlocking Function (page 87). The interior lamps illuminate to confirm that the doors have been unlocked.

Unlocking the Rear Cargo Doors Enter the master access code or your personal access code, then press the 56 button within five seconds.

LOCKING THE DOORS Press and hold the 78 and 90 buttons at the same time with the driver door closed.

KEYLESS ENTRY TROUBLESHOOTING

KEYLESS ENTRY FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Why does the keypad not read the access code?

If you enter the access code too fast on the keypad, the unlock function may not work. Slowly re-enter the access code. You must only press a button once to enter the second digit on that button.

Why does the keypad not function? The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode if you enter a wrong code seven times. The anti-scan mode disables the keypad for one minute and the red light flashes.

88

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Keyless Entry

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM — VEHICLES WITH: PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection. Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs. Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.

SecuriLock The system is an engine immobilization system. It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a correctly coded key for your vehicle is used. Using an incorrectly coded key may prevent the engine from starting. A message may appear in the information display. If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key, a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display.

Automatic Arming The engine immobilization system arms immediately after you switch the ignition off.

Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a correctly coded key disarms the engine immobilization system.

Replacement Keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts your vehicle, as well as a remote control. If your keys are lost or stolen and you do not have a spare correctly coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the coded keys from your vehicle and program new coded keys. Store an extra correctly coded key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys.

Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys. You must have two previously programmed correctly coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible. See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed correctly coded keys are not available. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin. 1. Insert the first previously programmed

correctly coded key into the ignition.

89

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Security

2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

3. Switch the ignition off and remove the first correctly coded key from the ignition.

4. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off, insert the second previously correctly coded key into the ignition.

5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

6. Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed correctly coded key from the ignition.

7. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed correctly coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition.

8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds.

9. Remove the newly programmed correctly coded key from the ignition.

If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the engine and operate the remote entry system (if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter). If the key was not successfully programmed, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If you are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer. Note: You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters.

ANTI-THEFT ALARM — VEHICLES WITHOUT: ANTI- THEFT ALARM HORN WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY Alarm System The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors, luggage compartment and the hood.

Triggering the Alarm Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways: If someone opens a door, cargo area

or the hood without a valid key or remote control.

If you switch the ignition on without a valid key.

If the alarm is triggered, the horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flasher will flash for five minutes. Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again.

Arming the Alarm To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See Doors and Locks (page 76).

Disarming the Alarm Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors with the key and switching the ignition on with a correctly coded key or by unlocking the doors or the cargo area with the remote control.

90

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Security

ANTI-THEFT ALARM — VEHICLES WITH: ANTI-THEFT ALARM HORN WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY Alarm System Your vehicle may have one of the following alarm systems: Category one alarm with interior

sensors and battery back-up sounder. Perimeter alarm.

Perimeter Alarm The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors and the hood.

Interior Sensors (If Equipped)

E131656

Note: Do not cover up the interior scanning sensors. The sensors act as a deterrent against unauthorized intrusion by sensing any movement within your vehicle.

Battery Back-up Sounder The battery back-up sounder is an additional alarm system this will sound a siren when the alarm is triggered. When you lock your vehicle the system is armed. The sounder has its own battery and will sound an alarm siren even if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself.

Triggering the Alarm Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways: If someone opens a door or the hood

without a valid key or remote control. If you switch the ignition on without a

valid key. If the interior sensors detect movement

within your vehicle. On vehicles with a battery back-up

sounder, if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself.

If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flashers will flash for five minutes. Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again.

Guard Settings Note: Do not arm the alarm with full guard if passengers, animals or other moving objects are inside your vehicle, as this could trigger the alarm.

91

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Security

DescriptionMessage

The interior sensors are on when you arm the alarm.Full guard

The interior sensors are off when you arm the alarm. You can set the alarm to reduced guard for the current ignition cycle only. The alarm will reset to full guard the next time you switch the ignition on.

Reduced

You can set the information display to ask you each time which level of guard you wish to set.

Ask on exit

A message appears in the information display each time you switch the ignition off. If you wish to arm the alarm with reduced guard, press the OK button when this message appears. If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard, leave your vehicle without pressing the OK button.

Selecting Full or Reduced Guard Note: Selecting reduced guard does not set the alarm permanently to reduced guard. It sets it to reduced guard only for the current ignition cycle. If you regularly set the alarm to reduced guard, select the option to ask when you exit. You can select full or reduced guard using the information display. See Information Displays (page 115).

Arming the Alarm To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See Doors and Locks (page 76).

Disarming the Alarm Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors and switching your vehicle on or by unlocking the doors or the liftgate with the remote control.

92

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Security

USING POWER RUNNING BOARDS

WARNING: In extreme climates, excessive ice buildup may occur, causing the running boards not to deploy. Make sure that the running boards have deployed, and have finished moving before attempting to step on them. The running boards will resume normal function once the blockage is cleared.

WARNING: Switch off the running boards before jacking or placing any object under your vehicle. Never place your hand between the extended running board and your vehicle. A moving running board may cause injury.

Note: Do not use the power running boards, front and rear hinge assemblies, running board motors or the running board underbody mounts to lift your vehicle when jacking. Always use proper jacking points. Note: The power running boards may operate more slowly in cool temperatures. Note: The running board mechanism may trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may cause unwanted noise. If this happens, manually set the power running boards to the deployed position. Then wash the system in particular the front and rear hinge arms with a high-pressure car wash wand. Note: If you drive off when the power running boards are deployed the engine may stop.

Note: In the event of a malfunction you can stow the power running boards manually.

Automatic Power Deploy

E171469

The power running board extends when you open the door.

Automatic Power Stow

E171470

When you close the door, the power running board returns to the stowed position after a two-second delay.

93

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Power Running Boards

Manual Power Deploy To set the power running boards to the deployed position, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMessage

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Power Steps

Press the OK button.Out

Enabling and Disabling To enable or disable the power running board feature, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

Action and DescriptionMessage

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Power Steps

Select one of the following:

Press the OK button. When disabled the power running boards move to the stowed position regardless of the door position.

Off

Press the OK button. When enabled the power running boards move to the correct position based on the door posi- tion.

Auto

When you switch the ignition on, the system turns on.

Bounce-back The running board will reverse direction and move to the end of travel if it encounters an object while moving.

Manual Operation If the power running board does not return to the stowed position, you can manually stow it.

94

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Power Running Boards

E171471

Insert the lug wrench into the guide hole and turn the handle clockwise until the running board is in the stowed position.

Resetting the System You can reset the system by opening and closing the sliding door.

95

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Power Running Boards

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL

WARNING: Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 126).

1 2

2

E95178

1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired

position.

3 E95179

3. Lock the steering column.

LOCKING THE STEERING WHEEL 1. Remove the key from the ignition. 2. Slightly rotate the steering wheel to

engage the lock.

Unlocking the Steering Wheel

WARNING: Always check that the steering is unlocked before attempting to move your vehicle.

1. Insert the key in the ignition. 2. Turn the key to position I. Note: You may have to slightly rotate the steering wheel to assist unlocking it.

96

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Steering Wheel

WINDSHIELD WIPERS

E270969

E197525

Single wipe.A Intermittent wipe.B Normal wipe.C High-speed wipe.D

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 294). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page 295). Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass or damage the wiper blades. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.

Intermittent Wipe

E197526

Short wipe interval.A Intermittent wipe.B Long wipe interval.C

Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval. Note: When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between intermittent wipes may decrease.

AUTOWIPERS Autowipers uses a rain sensor in the area around the interior mirror. The wipers operate when the rain sensor detects water on the windshield in front of it. The rain sensor continues to monitor the amount of water and adjusts the speed of the wipers. Note: The wipers remain in a slightly raised position during operation and only return to the park position a short time after the rain sensor detects no water on the windshield. You can switch autowipers on or off in the information display. Note: If you switch autowipers off in the information display, the windshield wipers operate in intermittent mode.

97

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Wipers and Washers

E197526

High sensitivity.A Autowipers on.B Low sensitivity.C

Move the wiper lever upward to the first position to switch autowipers on. Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield. Note: Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.

If you leave autowipers on, it may not operate when you switch the ignition on during freezing temperatures. This is because the system has deactivated the rain sensor to prevent damage to the windshield wipers. Defrost the windshield before reactivating the rain sensor. You can reactivate the rain sensor by moving the rotary control or switching autowipers off and on. Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Wet or winter weather conditions could cause unexpected wiping or smearing. To keep the windshield clear: Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers

to reduce the amount of smearing on the windshield.

Switch autowipers off. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 294). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page 295).

Settings To switch autowipers on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Wipers

Press the OK button.Rain Sensing

98

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Wipers and Washers

WINDSHIELD WASHERS

E197528

Pull the lever toward you to operate the windshield washers. When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time. A courtesy wipe occurs a short time after the wipers stop to clear any remaining washer fluid. You can switch courtesy wipe on or off in the information display. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat.

Settings To switch courtesy wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Wipers

Press the OK button.Courtesy Wipe

99

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Wipers and Washers

GENERAL INFORMATION Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure. Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions. Examples of acceptable condensation are: The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,

drip marks or large droplets). A fine mist covers less than 50% of the

lens. Examples of unacceptable condensation are: A water puddle inside the lamp. Streaks, drip marks or large droplets

present on the interior of the lens. If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

LIGHTING CONTROL Lighting Control Positions

E245649

A D CB

Lamps off.A Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps and license plate lamps.

B

Headlamps.C Autolamps. See Autolamps (page 101).

D

Switching the Parking Lamps On 1. Switch the ignition off. 2. Set the lighting control to the parking

lamps position. Note: Parking lamps could turn off to prevent the vehicle battery from running out of charge.

100

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

Switching High Beam Headlamps On and Off

E163718

Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam headlamps on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beam headlamps off. Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the system turns the headlamps on.

Flashing High Beam Headlamps

E163719

Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beam headlamps.

High Beam Headlamp Indicator It illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on.

Lamps On Indicator It illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the side and rear lamps on.

Exterior Lamps On Audible Warning Sounds when you open the driver door and the exterior lamps are on.

AUTOLAMPS

WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example daytime fog.

Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light situations or when the wipers operate.

E253316

Note: When you switch the autolamps on, the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of switching the wipers on. Note: If you switch the autolamps and the autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. Note: The headlamps turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the wipers off.

101

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on.

Adjusting the Period of Time That the Headlamps Remain On 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Lighting. 4. Select Autolamp Delay. 5. Select a setting. 6. Press the OK button.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are on the lighting control.

E291299

E291298

Repeatedly press one of the buttons to adjust the brightness.

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (IF

EQUIPPED)

WARNING: The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Also, the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps

in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure the headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.

Type 1 — Conventional (Non- Configurable) The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. The ignition is switched to the on

position. 2. The lighting control is in the off, parking

lamp or autolamps positions. 3. The headlamps are off.

Type 2 — Configurable Switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 115). The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. They are switched on in the information

display. See Information Displays (page 115).

2. The ignition is switched to the on position.

3. The lighting control is in the autolamps position.

4. The headlamps are off. The other lighting control switch positions do not activate the daytime running lamps, and you can use them to temporarily override autolamp control. When switched off in the information display, the daytime running lamps are off in all lighting control switch positions.

102

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL

WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the high beams on or off.

WARNING: You may need to override the system when approaching other road users.

WARNING: You may need to override the system during inclement weather.

WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.

WARNING: The system may not switch the high beams off if the lights of oncoming vehicles are hidden by obstacles, for example guard rails.

WARNING: Inspect and replace the windshield wiper blades regularly to make sure the camera sensor has a clear view. The windshield wiper blades must be the correct length.

The system is designed to turn the high beams on if all of the following occur: You switched the system on in the

information display. You set the lighting control to the

autolamps position. The ambient light level is low enough

that high beams are required. There is no traffic in front of your

vehicle. Your vehicle speed is greater than

approximately 32 mph (51 km/h). The system is designed to turn the high beams off if any of the following occur: You switch the system off in the

information display. You set the lighting control to any

position except autolamps. The ambient light level is high enough

that high beams are not required. The system detects an approaching

vehicle’s headlamps or rear lamps. The system detects severe rain, snow

or fog. The system detects street lighting. The camera has reduced visibility. Your vehicle speed falls below

approximately 27 mph (44 km/h). Note: High beam reactivation may be delayed in certain curvy road situations. Note: Using much larger tires or equipping vehicle accessories such as snowplows can modify your vehicle’s ride height and degrade automatic high beam control performance.

103

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

Switching Automatic High Beam Control On or Off To switch the system on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Lighting

Press the OK button.Auto Highbeam

Automatic High Beam Indicator It illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist.

Overriding Automatic High Beam Control Push the lever away from you to switch between high beam and low beam.

Automatic High Beam Control Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Front Camera Low Visib- ility Clean Screen

The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for the camera to cool down. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Front Camera Tempor- arily Not Available

FRONT FOG LAMPS Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or Off Only switch the front fog lamps on during reduced visibility.

You can switch the front fog lamps on if any of the following occur: You set the lighting control to the

parking lamps position. You set the lighting control to the

headlamps position. You set the lighting control to the

autolamps position and the headlamps are on.

The front fog lamp button is on the lighting control.

Press the button to switch the front fog lamps on or off.

104

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

Note: The brightness of the daytime running lamps may decrease when the front fog lamps are switched on.

Front Fog Lamp Indicator It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on.

DIRECTION INDICATORS Switching the Direction Indicators On and Off

E162681

Push the lever up or down to switch the direction indicators on. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times. Set the lever to the middle position to switch the direction indicators off.

Direction Indicator Flashes when you switch the direction indicators on.

Note: An increase in the rate of flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb.

INTERIOR LAMPS — VAN Switching the Courtesy Lamps On and Off

Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the courtesy lamps on.

Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the courtesy lamps off.

Courtesy Lamp Function When you switch the courtesy lamp function on, the courtesy lamps turn on if: You open a door. You press the unlock button on the

remote control. You switch the ignition off.

Switching the Courtesy Lamp Function On

E293629

Set the switch to the middle position.

Switching the Front Map Reading Lamps On and Off

E112208

105

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

CARGO LAMPS Switching the Cargo Lamps Off Press the button to switch the cargo lamps off when a door is open. Note: The cargo lamps switch only operates when the ignition is off. The switch is inside the cargo area, behind the left-hand rear door. The cargo lamps turn off after a short period of time to prevent the battery from running out of charge.

Switching the Cargo Lamps On Press the button to switch the cargo lamps on. If the cargo lamps turned off to prevent the battery from running out of charge or you switched them off by pressing the button, reset the switch first.

Resetting the Switch To reset the switch, do one of the following: Lock or unlock a door. Open or close a front door. Switch the ignition on then off. Press the button to switch the cargo lamps on.

106

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Lighting

POWER WINDOWS Opening and Closing the Windows

WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.

Press the control to open the window. Lift the control to close the window.

Note: The power windows operate with the ignition on, and for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open a front door. To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when one window is open, slightly open the opposite window.

One-Touch Open Fully press the control and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.

One-Touch Close Fully lift the control and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.

Resetting One-Touch Close 1. Lift and hold the switch until the

window is fully closed. 2. Release the switch. 3. Lift the switch again for one more

second. 4. Release the switch.

5. Lift the switch again for one more second.

Note: Repeat the procedure if the window does not close when you use one-touch.

Bounce-Back The window stops and reverses if it detects an obstruction while closing.

Overriding Bounce-Back

WARNING: If you override bounce-back, the window does not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.

1. Close the window until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse.

2. Close the window a third time to the point of resistance. Bounce-back is now disabled and you can close the window manually.

Note: The window goes past the point of resistance and you can fully close it. Note: If the window does not close, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Resetting Bounce-Back

WARNING: Bounce-back is off until you reset the memory. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.

1. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed.

2. Release the switch. 3. Lift the switch again for one more

second. 4. Release the switch.

107

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

5. Lift the switch again for one more second.

Note: Repeat the procedure if the window does not close when you use one-touch. Note: If you have disconnected the battery, you must reset the bounce-back memory.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors

WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

E71280

Left-hand mirrorA OffB Right-hand mirrorC

E71281

Move the controller in the direction of the arrows to adjust the mirror.

Power Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)

Folding and Unfolding The power folding mirrors operate with the ignition on, and for several minutes after you switch the ignition off.

E72184

Move the controller downward to fold or unfold the mirrors. Note: You can only fold the mirrors when the controller is set to position B. Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors several times within one minute, the power fold function may turn off to protect the motors from overheating. Note: Do not manually fold or unfold power folding mirrors.

108

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

Loose Mirror If your power-folding mirrors are manually folded, they may not work properly, even after you re-position them. You need to reset them if: The mirrors vibrate when you drive. The mirrors feel loose. The mirrors do not stay in the folded or

unfolded position. One of the mirrors is not in its normal

driving position. To reset the power-fold feature, use the power-folding mirror control to fold and unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud noise as your reset the power-folding mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this process as needed each time the mirrors are manually folded.

Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when you unfold it.

INTERIOR MIRROR

WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce the effect of bright light from behind.

109

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

GAUGES Instrument Cluster

A B C

E DF E337945

Tachometer.A Information display.B Speedometer.C Fuel gauge.D Automatic transmission position indicators.E Engine coolant temperature gauge.F

Tachometer Shows the engine speed.

Information Display Shows the following information: Odometer. Trip computer. MyView information. Driver assistance information. Navigation information.

Audio information. Phone information. Vehicle and system settings. Outside air temperature. Shift indicators.

Odometer Records the total distance traveled by your vehicle.

110

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Instrument Cluster

The system detects unauthorized odometer adjustments to avoid total distance reading fraud. If the system detects an unauthorized odometer adjustment, the total distance reading displays XXXX. Recovery of the original mileage could result in system damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty and may carry a significant expense.

Trip Computer See Trip Computer (page 117).

Vehicle and System Settings See General Information (page 115).

Speedometer Shows the vehicle speed.

Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.

A B E236403

The fuel filler door is on the left-hand side of your vehicle.

A

The fuel filler door is on the right-hand side of your vehicle.

B

Automatic Transmission Position Indicators The instrument cluster displays the current position. See Automatic Transmission (page 161).

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge At normal operating temperature, the needle remains in the center section. If the needle enters the red section, the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off and allow it to cool. Note: The system reduces the engine speed if you continue to operate the engine at a high engine speed. Note: Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been determined and resolved.

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp

If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your

vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS

E144524

Adaptive cruise control indicator. It illuminates when you switch the system on. It

illuminates white when the system is in standby mode. It illuminates green when you set the adaptive cruise speed.

111

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Instrument Cluster

E67017

Airbag warning lamp. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, continues to flash

or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Anti-lock brake system warning lamp. If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a

malfunction. Your vehicle continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

E146361

Auto-Start-Stop indicators. It illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber and a message appears when you need to take action. It illuminates gray with a

strikethrough when the system is not available.

Automatic high beam control on indicator. It illuminates to confirm when the system is

ready to assist.

E249861 Blind spot information system indicator. When the system detects a vehicle, the indicator

illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the indicator flashes.

E249861 Blind spot information system and cross traffic alert warning lamp. If the system

malfunctions, the warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and a message appears in the information display. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Change engine oil indicator. It displays when the engine oil life is becoming depleted. Have the

engine oil changed as soon as possible.

Note: Do not ignore engine oil change indicators and information messages. Resulting component damage is not covered by the Warranty.

Change engine oil now indicators. If both indicators display, the engine oil life is seriously depleted. Engine torque reduces to 70% to further indicate the serious risk of engine

damage. Have the engine oil changed immediately. Note: Do not ignore engine oil change indicators and information messages. Resulting component damage is not covered by the Warranty.

E268294 Cross traffic alert indicator. When the system detects an approaching vehicle a tone

sounds, the indicator illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows appear in the information display to show which side the approaching vehicle is coming from.

E71340

Cruise control indicator. It illuminates when you switch the system on.

Direction indicator. It flashes when you switch the direction indicators on.

E249859

Door ajar warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on and remains on if any

door or the hood is open.

E267164 Eco mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected.

E308186 Efficient drive mode indicator. It indicates that you have to slowly decelerate.

112

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Engine coolant temperature warning lamp. If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this

indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Engine oil pressure warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it

illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Engine warning lamps. If both lamps illuminate when the engine is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced

power or the engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

E71880

Fasten seatbelt warning lamp. It illuminates until you fasten your seatbelt.

Front fog lamp indicator. It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on.

Hazard flasher indicator. It flashes when you switch the hazard flashers on.

High beam headlamp indicator. It illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on.

Ignition warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when

the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Lamps on indicator. It illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the side

and rear lamps on.

E251020 Lane keeping aid indicator. It illuminates in the information display when you switch the

system on and Aid Mode or Alert and Aid Mode are selected.

Lane keeping alert indicator. It illuminates in the information display when you switch the

system on and Alert Mode is selected.

Lane keeping system warning lamp. It could illuminate when you switch the system off. If it

illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Low fuel level warning lamp. If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as

possible.

Malfunction indicator lamp. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a

malfunction. If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the diesel particulate filter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E296606 Mud/Ruts mode indicator. It

illuminates when the drive mode is selected.

113

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Instrument Cluster

E270480

Parking brake warning lamp. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If

the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Powertrain warning lamp. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a

malfunction. If it flashes when you are driving, immediately reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Pre-collision assist warning lamp. It illuminates if your vehicle rapidly approaches

another vehicle, to warn you of the risk of a crash with the vehicle in front of you. It could illuminate red if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small. It illuminates amber when you switch the system off or if the system is not available.

E269320

Slippery mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected.

E252028

Stability control and traction control indicator. It flashes during operation. If it does not

illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

E130458

Stability control and traction control off warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the

system off.

Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp. It illuminates if the tire pressure in one or more

tires is below the correct tire pressure. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or flashes when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

E246592

Tow/haul mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected.

114

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Instrument Cluster

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: For your safety, some features are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle speed is not moving.

Information Display Controls

E257718

A B C

E250032

Return button.A OK button.B Menu button.C

Return Button Use the return button to go back or to exit.

OK Button Use the OK button to make a selection. You can also use it to scroll through a menu.

Menu Button Use the menu button on the main screen to display the submenu. You can also use it to go back to the main screen.

Information Display Menus Main Menu

Menu Item

Trip 1 or Trip 2

MyView

Driver Assist.

Navigation

115

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Information Displays

Menu Item

Audio

Phone

Settings

Submenus

Trip 1 and Trip 2

Menu Item

Trip 1

Trip 2

Reset Individual Values

Configure View

MyView

Menu Item

Digital Speedometer

Fuel Economy

Trip/Audio

Eco Coach

Calm Screen

Driver Assist.

Menu Item

Traction Control

Blind Spot

Trailer Blind Spot

Pre-Collision Assist

Traffic Sign Recognition

Lane Keeping System

Menu Item

Driver Alert

Hill Start Assist

Cross Traffic Alert

Eco Coach

Trailer Sway

Cruise Control

Speed Limiter

Rear Parking Aid

Navigation

Menu Item

Home

Favorite Destinations

Previous Destinations

Audio

Menu Item

Radio

USB device.

Bluetooth device.

Phone

Menu Item

All Calls

Incoming Calls

Missed Calls

Outgoing Calls

116

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Information Displays

Settings

Menu Item

Information

Display

Driver Assistance

Vehicle Settings

Vehicle Maintenance

MyKey

TRIP COMPUTER You can reset the trip computer and personalize it using the information display. See Information Displays (page 115).

Resetting the Trip Computer Navigate to the following main menu item.

ActionMenu Item

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Trip 1

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Trip 2

Alternatively you can reset individual trip values.

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Trip 1

Press the menu button.Trip 2

Press the OK button.Reset Individual Values

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Reset Trip Odometer

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Reset Trip Timer

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Reset Average Fuel

Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears.

Reset Average Speed

117

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Information Displays

Personalization Navigate to the following main menu item.

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Trip 1

Press the menu button.Trip 2

Press the OK button.Configure View

Press the OK button.Trip Odometer

Press the OK button.Trip Timer

Press the OK button.Average Fuel

Press the OK button.Average Speed

Press the OK button.Distance to Empty

Press the OK button.Instantaneous Fuel Note: You can display a maximum of four values.

Trip Odometer Registers the total distance since you last reset the value.

Trip Timer Registers the total time since you last reset the value.

Average Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since you last reset the value.

Average Speed Indicates the average vehicle speed since you last reset the value.

Distance to Empty Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle could travel on the fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary.

Instantaneous Fuel Indicates the current fuel consumption.

PERSONALIZED SETTINGS Language

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Display

Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.Language

118

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Information Displays

Measure Unit

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Display

Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.Measurement Unit

Temperature Unit

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Display

Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.Temperature Unit

Tire Pressure Unit (If Equipped)

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Display

Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.Tire Pressure

Chimes

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Chimes

Press the OK button.Park Slot Found

Press the OK button.Information

119

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Information Displays

WHAT IS REMOTE START The system allows you to remotely start your vehicle and therefore to heat or cool the interior to a predetermined temperature.

REMOTE START LIMITATIONS Remote start does not work if: The alarm horn is sounding. The hood is open. The transmission is not in park (P). Remote start is not enabled. The ignition is on. Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel level is low.

ENABLING REMOTE START 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Remote Start. 4. Switch System on. Note: To use remote start, make sure that the modem is enabled. See Enabling and Disabling the Modem (page 371).

REMOTELY STARTING AND STOPPING THE VEHICLE

WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Use the FordPass App to start the vehicle. Note: The turn signal lamps flash twice. Note: The parking lamps turn on when the vehicle is running. Note: The horn sounds if the system fails to start. Note: All other vehicle systems remain off when you have remotely started the vehicle. Note: You may have to wait a short period of time before remotely starting the vehicle after the vehicle stops running. Note: The vehicle remains secured when you have remotely started it. A valid key must be inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and drive your vehicle. Note: A maximum of two remote starts are allowed. After that you need to turn the ignition on and off before you can use remote start again. Use the FordPass App to switch the vehicle off.

REMOTE START SETTINGS Climate Control Settings 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Remote Start. 4. Select Climate Control. 5. Select Auto or Last Settings. Note: If you select Auto, the system attempts to heat or cool the interior to 72F (22C). Note: If you select Last Settings, the system remembers the last used settings. Note: You cannot adjust the climate control settings when you have remotely started the vehicle.

120

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Remote Start

Note: When you switch the ignition on, the climate control system returns to the last used settings.

Heated Seat Settings 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Remote Start. 4. Select Seats. 5. Select Auto or Off. Note: If you switch the heated seat settings to Auto, the heated seats turn on during cold weather. Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat settings when you have remotely started the vehicle.

Setting the Remote Start Duration You can set a duration for Remote Start to run. 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle Settings. 3. Select Remote Start. 4. Select Duration.

121

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Remote Start

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL Switching the Climate Control On and Off

Switching the Recirculated Air On and Off

Note: The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.

Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off

Note: Under certain conditions, the air conditioning compressor could continue to operate after you switch air conditioning off.

Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off

Turn the temperature control clockwise past the highest setting to maximize defrosting.

Note: The temperature control springs back to the highest setting. Note: When you switch maximum defrost on, the heated windshield, heated rear window and air conditioning turn on. The blower motor is set to the highest speed. Note: When you switch maximum defrost off, the heated windshield and heated rear window remain on.

Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off

Turn the temperature control counterclockwise past the lowest setting to maximize

cooling. Note: The temperature control springs back to the lowest setting. Note: When you switch maximum cooling off, air conditioning remains on.

Setting the Blower Motor Speed

Note: Lights on the control illuminate to indicate the blower motor speed. Note: When you switch the blower motor off, air conditioning turns off and the windows could fog up.

Directing Air to the Windshield Air Vents

Directing Air to the Instrument Panel Air Vents

E244097

Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents

122

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Climate Control

Setting the Temperature

E244106

Turn the temperature control counterclockwise for cooler temperature settings. Turn the temperature control clockwise for warmer temperature settings.

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE General Hints Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with directing air to the rear seats. Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.

Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather conditions, direct air to the windshield air vents. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. Note: Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.

Quickly Heating the Interior Select the highest blower motor speed. Select the highest temperature. Direct air to the footwell air vents.

Recommended Settings for Heating Select a medium blower motor speed. Select the required temperature. Direct air to the footwell and

windshield air vents.

Quickly Cooling the Interior Select maximum cooling. Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.

Recommended Settings for Cooling Select a medium blower motor speed. Select the required temperature. Direct air to the instrument panel air

vents. Press A/C.

Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather Select maximum defrost.

123

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Climate Control

Defogging or Clearing the Windshield of Thin Ice Select maximum defrost.

REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed

Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents

E244097 When you direct air to the overhead air vents, the system distributes cold air.

Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents

When you direct air to the footwell air vents, the system distributes hot air.

Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents and the Footwell Air Vents

When you direct air to the Overhead and footwell air vents, the system distributes warm air.

HEATED REAR WINDOW Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog. The heated rear window turns off

after a short period of time. Note: Make sure the engine is on before operating the heated windows.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle Warranty may not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS — VEHICLES WITHOUT: HEATED REAR WINDOW

Press the button to clear the exterior mirrors of thin ice and fog. Press the button again to

switch them off. They switch off after a short period of time. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.

HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS — VEHICLES WITH: HEATED REAR WINDOW When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused to the mirror housing or glass.

124

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Climate Control

WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR FILTER The cabin air filter improves the quality of air in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen and other particles.

LOCATING THE CABIN AIR FILTER You can locate the cabin air filter behind the glove box.

REPLACING THE CABIN AIR FILTER Replace the filter at regular intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 446). Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times. This prevents foreign objects from entering the system. Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system. Note: Using an aftermarket cabin air filter could reduce cabin air filtration and climate control performance.

125

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Interior Air Quality

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION

WARNING: Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in personal injury in the event of a crash.

WARNING: Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor.

WARNING: Do not place objects higher than the top of the seat backrest. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

E68595

When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.

We recommend that you follow these guidelines: Sit in an upright position with the base

of your spine as far back as possible. Do not recline the seat backrest so that

your torso is more than 30 degree from the upright position.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.

Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.

Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.

Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.

Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.

Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNING: The adjustable head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and correctly adjusted when the seat is occupied. An incorrectly adjusted head restraint may provide reduced protection to an occupant during certain rear impacts.

126

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

The head restraint consists of:

E215998

Energy absorbing head restraint.A Guide sleeve adjust and unlock button.

B

Guide sleeve unlock and remove button.

C

Steel stems.D

Adjusting the Head Restraint

WARNING: Adjust the head restraints for all passengers before you drive your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraints when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible.

Raising the Head Restraint Lift the head restraint up.

Lowering the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold button B. 2. Push the head restraint down.

Removing the Head Restraint

WARNING: Do not remove the head restraint from an occupied seat.

1. Lift the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position.

2. Press and hold buttons B and C. 3. Remove the head restraint.

Installing the Head Restraint

WARNING: Install head restraints correctly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash.

1. Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves.

2. Press and hold buttons B and C. 3. Push the head restraint down.

MANUAL SEATS — VEHICLES WITH: 2-WAY MANUAL SEAT

WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat when your vehicle is moving.

WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.

Moving the Seat Backward and Forward

WARNING: Make sure the seat fully locks into place by rocking it backward and forward. Not securing the seat into the locked position can be dangerous in a crash and could cause serious personal injury or death.

127

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

E177638

Note: The driver seat has removable stop bolts on the track to enable access to the vehicle battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 290).

Adjusting the Seat Backrest

E175474

Adjusting the Lumbar Support

E146386

Adjusting the Armrest

E337855

MANUAL SEATS — VEHICLES WITH: 4-WAY MANUAL SEAT

WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat when your vehicle is moving.

128

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.

Moving the Seat Backward and Forward

WARNING: Make sure the seat fully locks into place by rocking it backward and forward. Not securing the seat into the locked position can be dangerous in a crash and could cause serious personal injury or death.

E130249

Note: The driver seat has removable stop bolts on the track to enable access to the vehicle battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 290).

Adjusting the Seat Backrest

E146385

Adjusting the Seat Height

E146384

129

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

Adjusting the Seat Cushion

E146959

Adjusting the Lumbar Support

E146386

Adjusting the Armrest

E337855

Swiveling the Seat

WARNING: Make sure the seat locks into place and is facing forward when your vehicle is moving.

E315195

The seat can swivel through 180 degrees in an inboard direction. You may need to adjust the seat to allow sufficient clearance for it to swivel in a single motion.

130

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

Note: We recommend that the seat is unoccupied.

Swivel Seat Audible Warning Sounds when the driver or passenger seat is not locked into place, and the ignition is on.

POWER SEATS

WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat when your vehicle is moving.

WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to the original position.

WARNING: The driver seat has removable stop bolts on the track to enable access to the vehicle battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 290).

E138647

131

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

Power Lumbar

E138648

REAR SEATS

WARNING: Do not use the bench seats as a bed when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not place any objects on a folded seat. Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious personal injury.

Note: Rear seat arrangements vary depending on the vehicle.

Recline Adjustment (If Equipped)

WARNING: When reclining the seat backrest forward and backward, take care not to get your hands caught between the seat backrest and the frame, catches or mechanism. Failure to take care may result in personal injury.

WARNING: Make sure that any cargo or objects are not trapped behind the seat backrest. Make sure the seatbelts are not trapped in any way when unfolding the seat backrest up. Failure of an occupant to be able to use a trapped seatbelt increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: Make sure that the seat backrest is fully engaged in its catch. A seat backrest which is not fully engaged in its catch could move in the event of an accident. This may result in serious personal injury or death.

E172224

With the seat occupied, pull the lever or strap to recline or raise the seat backrest.

132

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

Removing Seats (Passenger Vehicles)

WARNING: Seats can weigh up to 176 lb (80 kg). Do not attempt to lift or carry a seat on your own.

WARNING: Do not use the release handles to lift or carry the seat.

E173870

1

2

3

1. Pull the release handle up at an angle from the floor.

133

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

2. While holding the handle in this position, tilt the top of the seat forward to release the seat frame rear catches from the floor.

3. When the rear seat latches are clear of the floor, release the handle.

4. Pull the seat backward to release the seat frame front catches.

5. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Note: Two persons are required to release the seat handles and remove the seat. Note: You can only remove seats that have integral release handles. Note: The seatback does not fold forward.

Installing the Seats

WARNING: Make sure that the floor catches are free from foreign material before installing the seats.

WARNING: Make sure that you securely fasten the seat catches when installing. Check the latches are correctly engaged by checking the red latch indicators.

E178062

1. Align the seat frame front catches. 2. Push the seat forward to engage the

seat frame front catches. 3. Align the seat frame rear catches. 4. Allow the seat to drop under its own

weight for the last 6-8 in (15-20 cm).

134

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

HEATED SEATS

WARNING: Use caution when using the heated seat if you are unable to feel pain to your skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions. The heated seat could cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not place anything on the seat that blocks the heat, for example a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not poke sharp objects into the seat cushion or seat backrest. This could damage the heated seat element and cause it to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

Do not switch the heated seat on if the seat is wet. The heated seat button is on the climate control assembly.

Repeatedly press the button to adjust the temperature.

135

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Seats

WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM The rear occupant alert system monitors vehicle conditions and notifies you to check for rear seat occupants when you switch the ignition off.

HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM WORK The system monitors when rear doors have been opened and closed to indicate the potential presence of an occupant in the rear seat. A message displays in the information and entertainment display screen and an audible warning sounds when you switch the ignition off after any of the following conditions have been met: A rear door is opened or closed while

the ignition is on. You switch the ignition on within 15

minutes of a rear door opening and closing.

You switch the ignition on within 15 minutes of the alert having displayed or sounded.

REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.

WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM LIMITATIONS The system does not detect the presence of objects or passengers in the rear seat. It monitors when rear doors are opened and closed. Note: It is possible to receive an alert when there is no rear seat occupant, but alert conditions are met. Note: It is possible to receive no alert when there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert conditions are not met. For example, if a rear seat occupant does not enter the vehicle through a rear door. Note: The audible warning does not sound when the front door is opened before you switch the ignition off.

SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Press the button on the audio unit.

1. Using the controls on the audio unit, select Settings.

2. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off.

Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)

When you switch the system off, a message appears every six months as a reminder that the system is off. You can switch the system back on or leave it off.

136

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)

SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3 1. Press Settings on the touchscreen. 2. Press Vehicle. 3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off. Note: The default setting is on. Note: Performing a master reset causes the system to switch on again.

Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)

When you switch the system off, a message appears every six months as a reminder that the system is off. You can switch the system back on or leave it off.

REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM INDICATORS — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC

Message

Check rear seats for occupants.

Displays when you switch the vehicle off after the alert conditions are met.

E281480

The message displays for a short period of time. Press the OK button to acknowledge and

remove some messages from the information display.

REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM INDICATORS — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3

E350472

Message

Check rear seats for occupants.

Displays when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The message displays for a short period of time. Press Close to acknowledge and remove the message. Note: Depending on your SYNC version, the graphic may look different from what you see here.

REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM AUDIBLE WARNINGS Sounds when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The warning sounds for a short period of time.

137

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)

WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.

WARNING: Do not use a power point for operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect use of the power points can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.

Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow. Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug. Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Note: The power points turn off after 30 minutes when the ignition is switched off. The power points could turn off earlier if the vehicle battery charge level is low. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. To prevent the battery from running out of charge: Do not use the power point longer than

necessary when the vehicle is not running.

Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.

Power points may be in the following locations: Inside the instrument panel storage

compartment. On the front of the center console. Inside the cargo area.

110 Volt — 150 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet

WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury.

E305821

The power point is on the parking brake console. When the indicator light on the power point is: On: The power point is providing power. Off: The power point is not providing

power. Flashing: The power point is in fault

mode.

138

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Open the driver door to reset the power outlet. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not plug your device back in if it exceeds the maximum outlet output. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,

electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators.

Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment.

Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps.

110 Volt — 400 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet

WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 400 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury.

Note: This feature has a maximum output of 400 watts when the vehicle is in park (P). Note: While in drive (D), the maximum outlet output is 300 watts.

E305822

The power point is on the parking brake console. When the indicator light on the power point is: On: The power point is providing power. Off: The power point is not providing

power. Flashing: The power point is in fault

mode. The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 400 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Open the driver door to reset the power outlet. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not plug your device back in if it exceeds the maximum outlet output. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,

electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators.

139

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment.

Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps.

CIGAR LIGHTER

WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.

E103382

Press the element in to use the cigar lighter. It pops out after a short period of time. Do not hold the cigar lighter element pressed in. Note: If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: If you use the socket when the engine is not running, the battery may run out of charge.

Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps.

140

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

OVERHEAD CONSOLE

WARNING: Do not place heavy objects in the overhead console. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

E189357

141

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Storage Compartments

BOTTLE HOLDERS

BOTTLE HOLDER PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Do not place glass objects in the bottle holder. Items could become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

LOCATING THE BOTTLE HOLDERS

E171160

OVERHEAD STORAGE

LOCATING THE OVERHEAD STORAGE

WARNING: Do not place heavy objects in the overhead console. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

E169073

OVERHEAD STORAGE LOAD CAPACITIES The maximum evenly distributed shelf load is 44 lb (20 kg).

REAR OVERHEAD STORAGE

LOCATING THE REAR OVERHEAD STORAGE

WARNING: Do not place heavy objects on the shelf. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

E223788

142

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Storage

REAR OVERHEAD STORAGE LOAD CAPACITIES The maximum evenly distributed shelf load is 40 lb (18 kg).

143

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Storage

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.

WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.

WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine.

WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 mi (8 km) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise. When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.

IGNITION SWITCH

E72128

Note: Make sure the key is clean before inserting it into any lock cylinder. 0(off) — The ignition is off. Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. I (accessory) — Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running. Note: Do not leave the ignition key in position I or II (without the engine running) for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing charge. II (on) — All electrical circuits operational. Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated. III (start) — cranks the engine. Release the key as soon as the engine starts.

STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE The speed at which the engine idles immediately after starting is optimized to minimize vehicle emissions and maximize cabin comfort and fuel economy.

144

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Note: You can only attempt to start the engine for a limited amount of time before the starting system temporarily disables. If you exceed the starting time limit, a message may appear and you cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. Before starting your vehicle, check the following: Make sure the headlamps and

electrical accessories are off. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make sure the transmission is in park

(P).

Starting the Engine 1. Fully press the brake pedal. Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. 2. Turn the key to position III. Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts. Note: The engine takes longer to start at lower temperatures. It may crank for several seconds when very cold.

Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after 3 attempts, wait 10 seconds and do the following: 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Shift into park (P). 4. Fully press the accelerator pedal and

hold it there. 5. Turn the key to position III and wait

until the engine stops cranking. 6. Release the accelerator pedal. 7. Start the engine.

Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1. Shift into park (P). 2. Turn the key to position 0. 3. Apply the parking brake.

Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving

WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine.

1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.

2. Shift into park (P). 3. Turn the key to position 0. 4. Apply the parking brake.

Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

145

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following: Open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm). Set your climate control to outside air.

Engine Warning Lamps Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine

If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. The On Board Diagnostics system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emission control system. If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced.

Powertrain Warning Lamp

If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes when you are driving, immediately reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. If both lamps illuminate when the engine is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. Have your vehicle immediately checked.

SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE Vehicles With a Turbocharger

WARNING: Do not switch the engine off when it is running at high speed. If you do, the turbocharger will continue running after the engine oil pressure has dropped to zero. This will lead to premature turbocharger bearing wear.

Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until the engine has reached idle speed and then switch it off.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF

EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury.

WARNING: Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock.

WARNING: Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its own weight when using the engine block heater. This could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage.

Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0F (-18C).

146

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element, installed in the engine block and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source. We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation: Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord

that is product certified by Underwriters Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.

Use as short an extension cord as possible.

Do not use multiple extension cords. Make sure that when in operation, the

extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.

If the block heater cord is under the hood, Do Not remove the wiring from its original location. Do Not close the hood on the extension wiring.

Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.

Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.

Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.

Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use.

Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.

Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.

147

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP The system is designed to help reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions by stopping the engine when it is idling, for example at traffic lights.

AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you open the hood or have any service or repair work completed. If you do not switch the ignition off, the engine could restart at any time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

SWITCHING AUTO-START- STOP ON AND OFF The system turns on when you switch the ignition on.

Press the switch to switch the system off.

Note: OFF illuminates in the switch. Press the switch again to switch the system back on. Note: The system is designed to turn off if it detects a malfunction. If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

STOPPING THE ENGINE Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the brake pedal and the transmission in drive (D). Note: Power assist steering turns off when the engine stops.

RESTARTING THE ENGINE Release the brake pedal or press the accelerator pedal. A message appears in the information display if the system requires you to take action.

ActionConditionMessage

Press the brake pedal to restart the engine.

The system needs to restart the engine but requires your confirmation.

Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine

Press the brake pedal or the accelerator pedal to restart the engine.

The system needs to restart the engine but requires your confirmation.

Auto StartStop Press a Pedal to Start Engine

148

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auto-Start-Stop — 3.5L Ecoboost

AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS

WARNING: The system may require the engine to automatically restart when the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates green or flashes amber. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber

and a message appears when you need to take action.

E146361

The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates gray with a strikethrough when the system

is not available. Note: You can display the reason why the system is not available in the information display.

AUTO-START-STOP TROUBLESHOOTING

AUTO-START-STOP INFORMATION MESSAGES

ActionConditionMessage

Shift into park (P) and restart the engine yourself.

The system is not func- tioning.

Auto StartStop Shift to P, then Restart Engine

Restart the engine yourself.The system is not func- tioning.

Auto StartStop Manual Restart Required

149

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auto-Start-Stop — 3.5L Ecoboost

AUTO-START-STOP FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Why does the engine not always stop when I expect it to? The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. The system does not stop the engine if: The driver door is open. The driver seatbelt is unfastened. Your vehicle is at high altitude. The heated windshield is on. The transmission is in manual (M). Your vehicle is on a steep grade. The engine is warming up. The outside temperature is too low or

too high. The battery charge is low. The battery temperature is outside the

optimal operating range. The engine is required to run to

maintain interior climate and reduce fogging.

Why does the engine sometimes restart when I do not expect it to? The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. The system restarts the engine if: You switch the heated windshield on. You switch maximum defrost on. Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in

neutral.

The engine is required to run to maintain adequate brake system assistance.

The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging.

Can I permanently switch the system off? No. The system plays an important role in reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2

emissions.

Will the frequent engine starts cause parts to wear out? Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and starter motor that are designed for the increased number of engine starts.

150

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Auto-Start-Stop — 3.5L Ecoboost

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.

WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.

WARNING: Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled.

WARNING: Fuel may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.

WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.

Follow these guidelines when refueling: Extinguish all smoking materials and

any open flames before refueling your vehicle.

Always switch the engine off before refueling.

Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately call a physician, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be apparent for hours.

Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel vapor can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.

Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you splash fuel in your eyes, immediately remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.

Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and thoroughly wash your skin with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation.

Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing fuel vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. Immediately call a physician if you experience any adverse reactions.

FUEL QUALITY — E85 Choosing the Right Fuel — Flex Fuel Vehicles Flex fuel vehicles have one of the following identifiers: Yellow fuel filler cap. Yellow bezel around the fuel filler inlet. Yellow fuel filler housing. Yellow E85 label on the fuel tank filler

door.

151

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

E161513

Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 or regular unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 85% ethanol (E85). Some fuel stations, particularly those in high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. The use of these fuels could result in engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer. See Towing (page 234). Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasolines, where available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com. Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Do not use: Diesel fuel. Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. Fuels containing more than 85%

ethanol or E100 fuel. Fuels containing methanol. Fuels containing metallic-based

additives, including manganese-based compounds.

Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).

Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.

Switching Between E85 and Gasoline We do not recommend repeatedly alternating between E85 and gasoline. If you switch from using E85 to gasoline, or from gasoline to E85, add as much fuel as possible, at least half a tank. Drive your vehicle immediately for a minimum of 5 mi (8 km) to allow it to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration. If you use E85 exclusively, we recommend that you fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline at each scheduled oil change.

152

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

FUEL QUALITY — GASOLINE Choosing the Right Fuel

E161513

Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. Some fuel stations, particularly those in high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. The use of these fuels could result in engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer. See Towing (page 234). Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasolines, where available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com.

Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Do not use: Diesel fuel. Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol

or E85 fuel. Fuels containing methanol. Fuels containing metallic-based

additives, including manganese-based compounds.

Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).

Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.

FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION The fuel filler funnel is in the glove compartment or in the front right-hand side stepwell storage compartment.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.

153

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

If your vehicle runs out of fuel: Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel

to restart the engine. You may need to switch the ignition

from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal.

Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope, more fuel may be required.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container

WARNING: Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.

Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container: Only use an approved fuel container to

transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it.

Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).

Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it.

Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.

Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container

WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.

WARNING: Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.

WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility.

When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 153). Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they may not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: 1. Fully open the fuel filler door. 2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the

fuel filler inlet.

154

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

E157452

3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container.

4. Remove the fuel filler funnel. 5. Fully close the fuel filler door. 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it

back in your vehicle or correctly dispose of it.

Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.

REFUELING

WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.

WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling.

WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.

WARNING: Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank.

WARNING: Stop refueling when the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the first time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.

E162791

1. Open the left-hand front door. 2. Fully open the fuel filler door. Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler cap.

155

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

E139202

3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening.

Note: The fuel filler nozzle inhibitor only opens when you insert the correct fuel pump nozzle.

E139203

A

B

4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position B when refueling. Holding the fuel pump nozzle in position A could affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.

E162792

5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown.

E119081

6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and then slowly remove it.

7. Fully close the fuel filler door. Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle immediately checked.

System Warnings (If Equipped)

If the fuel filler nozzle inhibitor does not fully close a warning message appears in the information display.

156

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off.

2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Open the left-hand front door. 5. Fully open the fuel filler door. 6. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area

around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement.

7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel filler funnel provided with your vehicle into the fuel filler inlet. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 153). This action should dislodge any debris that may be preventing the fuel filler inlet from fully closing.

8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler funnel from the fuel filler inlet.

9. Fully close the fuel filler door. Note: If this action corrects the problem the message may not immediately reset. If the message remains and the service engine soon warning lamp illuminates, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as possible.

Low Fuel Level Audible Warning A warning tone sounds and a message appears in the information display when the distance to empty reaches 50 mi (80 km). A warning tone sounds and a message appears in the information display again at the following distance to empty parameters: 20 mi (40 km) 10 mi (20 km) 0 mi (0 km)

Note: The low fuel reminder appears at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.

157

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

EMISSION LAW

WARNING: Do not remove or alter the original equipment floor covering or insulation between it and the metal floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and insulation protect occupants of the vehicle from the engine and exhaust system heat and noise. On vehicles with no original equipment floor covering insulation, do not carry passengers in a manner that permits prolonged skin contact with the metal floor. Failure to follow these instructions may result in fire or personal injury.

U.S. federal laws and certain state laws prohibit removing or rendering inoperative emission control system components. Similar federal or provincial laws may apply in Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle modification without first determining applicable laws.

Tampering with emissions control systems including related sensors or the Diesel

Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced engine power and the illumination of the service engine soon light.

Tampering With a Noise Control System Federal laws prohibit the following acts: Removal or rendering inoperative by

any person other than for purposes of maintenance.

Repair or replacement of any device or element of the design incorporated into a new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.

The use of the vehicle after any person removes or renders inoperative any device or element of the design.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency may presume to constitute tampering as follows: Removal of hood blanket, fender apron

absorbers, fender apron barriers, underbody noise shields or acoustically absorptive material.

Tampering or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor, to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications.

If the engine does not start, runs rough, experiences a decrease in engine performance, experiences excess fuel consumption or produces excessive exhaust smoke, check for the following: A plugged or disconnected air inlet

system hose. A plugged engine air filter element. Water in the fuel filter and water

separator. A clogged fuel filter. Contaminated fuel. Air in the fuel system, due to loose

connections. An open or pinched sensor hose. Incorrect engine oil level.

158

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Engine Emission Control

Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions. Incorrect engine oil viscosity for

climactic conditions. Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. Note: If these checks do not help you correct the concern, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation became effective governing the noise emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The preceding statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance, and the noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide, are applicable to complete chassis cabs over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER — 3.5L DURATEC/3.5L ECOBOOST

WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.

WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the catalytic converter. The catalytic converter heats up to a very high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and stays hot after the engine is switched off.

WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

Your vehicle has various emission control components and a catalytic converter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. To avoid damaging the catalytic converter: Do not crank the engine for more than

10 seconds at a time. Do not run the engine with a spark plug

lead disconnected. Do not push-start or tow-start your

vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).

Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle is moving.

Do not use leaded fuel. Avoid running out of fuel. Note: Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

159

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Engine Emission Control

On-Board Diagnostics System Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics system that monitors the emission control system. If any of the following warning lamps illuminate, this may indicate that the on-board diagnostics system has detected an emission control system malfunction.

Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure to respond to a warning lamp may cause component damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

160

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Engine Emission Control

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNING: Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury.

WARNING: When your vehicle is stationary, keep the brake pedal fully pressed when shifting gears. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, death or property damage.

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Selector Lever Positions The instrument cluster displays the current position.

Park (P) In park (P), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels and the transmission is locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position. Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle is stationary.

Reverse (R) Shift into reverse (R) only when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed.

Neutral (N)

WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you intend to leave your vehicle, make sure you apply the parking brake.

In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels but the transmission is not locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position.

Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal position for driving.

Manual (M) In manual (M), you can upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever.

SelectShift Use this feature to upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever. Shift into manual (M) to switch the feature on. Press the + button to upshift. Press the button to downshift. Shift into another gear to switch the feature off.

Progressive Range Selection Use this feature to lock out gears using the buttons on the selector lever. This may provide you with an improved driving experience, for example, on slippery roads or steep slopes. With the transmission in drive (D), press the button to switch the feature on. Note: The instrument cluster displays the available and selected gears.

161

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Transmission

Press the button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear. For example, press the button twice to lock out 10th and 9th gears. Note: The instrument cluster only displays the available gears and the transmission automatically shifts between the available gears. Press the + button to unlock gears to allow the transmission to shift to higher gears. Note: The transmission automatically shifts within the gear range you select.

Brake Shift Interlock

WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the stoplamps are working.

WARNING: When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheels chocks if appropriate.

WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Brake shift interlock prevents you from shifting out of park (P) when you have switched the ignition on and not pressed the brake pedal. Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the selector lever out of park (P) if you cannot start the engine. In the event of an electrical malfunction, it is possible that a fuse has blown or the stoplamps are not working. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 264).

If the vehicle battery has no charge, jump start your vehicle. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).

E182198

1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove the panel.

E182199

3

2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever.

162

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Transmission

E174827

3. Push the brake shift interlock lever toward the rear of your vehicle and hold it there.

4. Move the selector lever from park (P) to neutral (N).

5. Install the panel. 6. Press the brake pedal, start the engine

and release the parking brake.

Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning Sounds when you open the driver door and you have not moved the selector lever to park (P).

Automatic Transmission Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Transmission Service Required

Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P).Transmission Not in Park

Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission.Press Brake to Unlock Gearshift Lever

TOW/HAUL

WARNING: Do not use tow/haul when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.

WARNING: Do not use diesel engine exhaust braking when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.

Tow/haul delays upshifts to reduce the frequency of transmission shifting. Tow/haul provides engine braking in all forward gears, which slows your vehicle and assists you in controlling your vehicle when descending a slope. Tow/haul improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load. Depending on driving conditions and load conditions, tow/haul may downshift the transmission, slow your vehicle and control your vehicle speed when descending a hill, without pressing the accelerator pedal. The amount of downshift braking provided varies based upon the amount the brake pedal is pressed.

163

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Transmission

Switching Tow/Haul On and Off

E246592

Select the tow/haul drive mode to switch tow/haul on. See Drive Control (page 226).

Select a different drive mode to switch tow/haul off.

164

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Transmission

USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE

WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

The intelligent AWD system continuously monitors vehicle conditions and adjusts the power distribution between the front and rear wheels. It combines transparent all-surface operation with highly capable all-wheel drive. The AWD system is always active and requires no driver input. It is capable of handling all road conditions. You can optimize the AWD performance for specialized driving conditions by selecting different drive modes. See Drive Control (page 226).

Operating All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Vehicles with Mismatched Tires

WARNING: Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the

driver’s door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to rear-wheel drive or damage the AWD system. For optimum AWD performance, it is recommended to follow the tire rotation maintenance schedule. To avoid potential AWD malfunction or AWD system damage, it is recommended to replace all four tires rather than mixing significantly worn tires with new tires.

Driving In Special Conditions With All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Note: AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the highway.

Basic Operating Principles in Special Conditions Drive slower in strong crosswinds which

can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle.

Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice.

165

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

All-Wheel Drive

If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement If your vehicle goes off the edge of the

pavement, slow down, but avoid severe brake application, ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface.

It could be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You could lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.

It often could be less risky to strike small objects, such as highway reflectors, with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover. Remember, your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

WARNING: Do not spin the wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.

If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it could be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear. If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control, it could be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle. Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission could occur. Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires could occur or the engine could overheat.

Emergency Maneuvers In an unavoidable emergency situation

where a sudden sharp turn must be made, remember to avoid «over-driving» your vehicle (i.e., turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency). Excessive steering can result in less vehicle control, not more. Additionally, smooth variations of the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid

166

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

All-Wheel Drive

abrupt steering, acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.

In the event of an emergency stop, avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements.

If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (i.e., from concrete to gravel) there is a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver (steering, acceleration or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.

Sand Do not continuously drive your AWD vehicle in deep sand for more than 2.5 mi (4 km). This can cause the driveline components to overheat. When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels. Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance could be required from another vehicle. Remember, you could be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.

Mud and Water If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake capability could be limited. Note: Driving through deep water could damage your vehicle.

If the front or rear axle has been submerged in water, the axle lubricant and AWD transfer case lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary. When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the vehicle could stall. Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal. Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud. Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud. As when you are driving over sand, apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle does slide, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle. After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components.

Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Although natural obstacles could make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline, you should always try to drive straight up or straight down. Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possibly rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer.

167

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

All-Wheel Drive

When climbing a steep slope or hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling. If you do stall out, do not try to turn around because you might roll over. It is better to back down to a safe location. Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill. Too much power can cause the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, resulting in loss of vehicle control.

E143949

Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating. Do not descend in neutral; instead, disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle.

Driving on Snow and Ice

WARNING: If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the

chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death. If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle.

Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage. AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle. Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control. Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop. Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an AWD vehicle could accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice, it wont stop any faster, because as in other vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not become overconfident as to road conditions. Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears. In emergency stopping situations, apply the brake steadily. Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore apply the brakes steadily. Do not pump the brakes.

168

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

All-Wheel Drive

Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability. For this reason, we strongly recommend that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment. Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control. We strongly recommend that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device (such as ladder or luggage racks).

Failure to maintain your vehicle properly could void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety. Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off-highway usage.

All-Wheel Drive Gauge This feature shows how the engine power is split between the front and rear axles in real time. 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Information. 3. Select Intelligent AWD.

All-Wheel Drive Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The system is temporarily locked. This could be due to the system increasing its capacity in order to improve perform- ance.

AWD Temporarily Locked

The system temporarily turns off. This could be due to the system overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the system to cool.

AWD Temporarily Disabled

The system resumes normal function.AWD Restored

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

AWD Malfunction Service Required

The system temporarily turns off to protect itself from over- heating or if you are using a mismatched tire.

AWD OFF

169

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

All-Wheel Drive

GENERAL INFORMATION Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have it checked by an authorized dealer. Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels (page 308).

E138644

Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.

Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the gearshift lever to park (P), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer.

Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you rapidly brake by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal, and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.

Anti-lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.

This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on. If the light does not

illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

E138644

If the system is disabled, normal braking is still effective. This lamp momentarily illuminates

when you turn the ignition on. If the lamp remains on when you release the parking brake, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES The anti-lock brake system does not eliminate the risks when: You drive too closely to the vehicle in

front of you. Your vehicle is hydroplaning. You take corners too fast. The road surface is poor. Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal could pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.

170

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Brakes

HILL START ASSIST

WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake.

WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system turns off if there is a malfunction or if you excessively rev the engine.

The system makes it easier for you to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without using the parking brake.

When the system activates, your vehicle remains stationary for a few seconds after you release the brake pedal. This gives you time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release when the engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope.

Using Hill Start Assist 1. Bring your vehicle to a complete

standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed.

2. Select a gear. Note: The system activates if the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope. 3. Pull away in the normal manner. Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for a few seconds. This hold time increases if you are in the process of driving off.

Switching Hill Start Assist On or Off Vehicles with Manual Transmission

To switch hill start assist on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Driver Assist.

Press the OK button.Hill Start Assist

The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Note: There is no indicator to indicate whether the system is on or off.

Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when you switch the ignition on and you cannot switch the system off.

171

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Brakes

Hill Start Assist Information Messages

ActionMessage

Displays when the system is not available. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Hill Start Assist Not Available

AUTO HOLD

WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake.

WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system turns off if there is a malfunction or if you excessively rev the engine.

The system is designed to apply the brakes to hold your vehicle at a standstill after you stop your vehicle and release the brake pedal. This could be beneficial in certain situations, for example when waiting on a hill or in traffic.

Switching Auto Hold On and Off Press the button on the center console. The button illuminates when you switch the system on.

Note: You can only switch the system on after you close the driver door, fasten your seatbelt and start the engine. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Make sure you switch the system off before towing with your vehicle or before using an automatic car wash.

Using Auto Hold 1. Use the brakes to bring your vehicle to

a complete stop. The auto hold active indicator illuminates in the information display.

2. Release the brake pedal. The system holds your vehicle at a standstill. The auto hold active indicator remains illuminated in the information display.

Note: The system only activates if you apply enough brake pressure. If your vehicle is on a steep slope, you could need to press the brake pedal harder before the system activates. Note: Under certain conditions, the system could apply the electric parking brake. The brake system warning lamp illuminates. The electric parking brake releases when you press the accelerator pedal. See Applying the Electric Parking Brake (page 177). Note: If auto-start-stop turns off the engine, auto hold remains active. Note: The system deactivates if you shift into reverse (R) and press the brake pedal. 3. Pull away in the normal manner. The

system releases the brakes and the auto hold active indicator turns off.

Auto Hold Indicator The auto hold indicator illuminates in the information display when the system is on and is either active or unavailable.

172

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Brakes

Illuminates when the system is active. Your vehicle remains stationary after you release the

brake pedal.

Illuminates when the system is on but unavailable to hold your vehicle at a standstill.

The system could be unavailable when any of the following occur: During an active park assist maneuver. Your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.

See Automatic Transmission (page 161).

The driver door is open. The driver seatbelt has not been

fastened. You shift into reverse (R) before the

system is active.

Auto Hold Information Messages

ActionMessage

Displays as a reminder to fully close the driver door and fasten the driver seatbelt.

Auto Hold Close Door And Fasten Seat Belt To Enable

Displays when the system is not available.Auto Hold Not Available

Displays when the system is active. Press the brake pedal and the auto hold button on the center console to switch the system off.

Auto Hold Press Brake And Switch To Release

Fully press the brake pedal. The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Auto Hold System Fault Press Brake

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Auto Hold System Malfunction

173

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Brakes

APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE

WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its

fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb.

RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Slightly pull the parking brake lever

upward. 3. Press the release button and push the

parking brake lever downward.

PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

PARKING BRAKE TROUBLESHOOTING

PARKING BRAKE WARNING LAMPS

WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system.

E138644

It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on.

If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

PARKING BRAKE INFORMATION MESSAGES

DescriptionMessage

You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 3 mph (5 km/h). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Engaged

174

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Brake — Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake

APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE

WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its

fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb.

RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking brake lever upward to

its fullest extent. 3. Press the release button and push the

parking brake lever downward.

PUSHING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER DOWN

E172225

If required, you can lower the parking brake lever to the fully down position, for example to swivel the seat. Push the parking brake lever downward without pressing the release button. The parking brake remains applied until you release it.

PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

175

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Brake — Vehicles With: Push Down Parking Brake

PARKING BRAKE TROUBLESHOOTING

PARKING BRAKE WARNING LAMPS

WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake

system.

E138644

It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on.

If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

PARKING BRAKE INFORMATION MESSAGES

DescriptionMessage

You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 3 mph (5 km/h). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Engaged

176

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Brake — Vehicles With: Push Down Parking Brake

WHAT IS THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE The electric parking brake is used to hold your vehicle on slopes and flat roads.

APPLYING THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE

WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system.

E267156 The switch is next to the steering wheel on the lower part of the instrument panel.

1. Pull the switch up. The red warning lamp flashes during operation and illuminates when the parking brake is applied. Note: You can apply the electric parking brake when the ignition is off. Note: The electric parking brake could apply when you shift into park (P). See Automatic Transmission (page 161).

APPLYING THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE IN AN EMERGENCY You can use the electric parking brake to slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency. 1. Pull the switch up and hold it.

The electric parking brake continues to slow your vehicle down unless you release the switch. The red warning lamp illuminates, a tone sounds and the stoplamps turn on when you use the electric parking brake in an emergency. Note: Do not apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving, except in an emergency.

MANUALLY RELEASING THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Press and hold the brake pedal. 3. Push the switch down. The red warning lamp turns off.

Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a Trailer 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Pull the switch upward and hold it. 3. Shift into gear. 4. Press the accelerator pedal until engine

has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the hill.

5. Release the switch and pull away in a normal manner.

AUTOMATICALLY RELEASING THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE 1. Close the driver door. 2. Shift into gear. 3. Press the accelerator pedal and pull

away in a normal manner.

177

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Electric Parking Brake

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

RELEASING THE ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE IF THE VEHICLE BATTERY HAS RUN OUT OF CHARGE

WARNING: The electric parking brake does not operate if the vehicle battery has run out of charge.

Connect a booster battery to the vehicle battery to release the electric parking brake if the vehicle battery has run out of charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE WARNING LAMPS

E270480

The red warning lamp illuminates when the electronic parking brake is applied or for a few seconds on start up. If it remains illuminated or flashes when the electronic

parking brake is not applied, it indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE INFORMATION MESSAGES

ActionMessage

The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Malfunction Service Now

The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Not Released

The electric parking brake has not applied. Apply the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Not Applied

The electric parking brake has not automatically released. Manually release the electric parking brake.

Park Brake Use Switch to Release

You have not pressed the brake pedal. Press the brake pedal to release the parking brake.

To Release: Press Brake and Switch

The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Limited Func- tion Service Required

178

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Electric Parking Brake

ActionMessage

The electric parking brake has overheated. Wait for the elec- tric parking brake to cool down.

Park Brake System Over- heated

The electric parking brake is released.Park Brake Off

The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Release Park Brake

The electric parking brake is applied.Park Brake On

179

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Electric Parking Brake

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.

USING TRACTION CONTROL

WARNING: The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily if the system detects a failure. Make sure you did not manually disable the traction control system using the information display controls or the switch. If the stability control and traction control light is still illuminating steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin. Note: When you switch traction control off, stability control remains fully active.

Switching the System Off or On When you switch the system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status.

E313166

Press the traction control button on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on.

System Indicator Lights and Messages

E138639

The stability and traction control light:

Temporarily illuminates on engine start-up.

Flashes when a driving condition activates either of the systems.

Illuminates if a problem occurs in either of the systems.

E130458

The stability and traction control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on

when you switch the traction control system off.

180

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Traction Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

WARNING: Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It’s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator’s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN.

The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.

If the stability control or traction control system detects a fault, the following may occur: The stability and traction control light

illuminates steadily. The stability control and traction

control systems do not enhance your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction of the wheels.

If the stability control or traction control system activates, the following may occur: The stability and traction control light

flashes. Your vehicle slows down. Reduced engine power. A vibration in the brake pedal. The brake pedal is stiffer than usual. If the driving condition is severe and

your foot is not on the brake pedal, the pedal may move as the system applies higher brake force.

The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle.

Electronic Stability Control The system helps to prevent your vehicle skidding or laterally sliding by individually applying the brakes to one or more wheels and, if necessary, reducing engine power.

Roll Stability Control The system helps to prevent rollovers by detecting your vehicle’s roll motion, and individually applying the brakes to one or more wheels.

181

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Stability Control

Side-Wind Stabilization The system applies the brakes on one side of your vehicle to reduce the effect of a sudden side-wind gust on your vehicle’s path. When the system turns on, the stability and traction control light flashes, and a message may appear in the information display. You may notice a slight deceleration and may still need to make a steering correction to maintain the intended vehicle path. The system does not turn on for a continuous side-wind or during turns.

Traction Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 180).

E72903

Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route.

A

Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface.

B

USING STABILITY CONTROL The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. You cannot switch the stability control and roll stability control systems off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the systems turn off. You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 180).

182

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Stability Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.

WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

WARNING: Traffic control systems, inclement weather, air brakes, external motors and fans may affect the correct operation of the sensing system. This may cause reduced performance or false alerts.

WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.

WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance.

WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked.

Note: If your vehicle has MyKey, the sensing system cannot be switched off when a MyKey is present. See Principle of Operation (page 70). Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia and you leave it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alerts. Note: Certain add-on devices installed around the bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For example, large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate brackets, bumper covers or any other device that may block the normal detection zone of the system. Remove the add-on device to prevent false alerts. Note: When you connect a trailer to your vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable the rear parking aid when you connect a trailer to prevent the alert. The sensing system warns you of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on. You can switch the system off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). See General Information (page 115). If your vehicle has a parking aid button, you can switch the system off by pressing the button. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on. If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display.

183

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

PARKING AID

WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.

WARNING: Traffic control systems, fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air brakes, external motors and fans may affect the correct operation of the sensing system. This may cause reduced performance or false alerts.

WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

E139213

Press the parking aid button to switch the system on and off.

The system becomes active when you shift into reverse (R) and the vehicle speed is 5 mph (8 km/h) or less. The system remains active when you shift out of reverse (R) until the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h), or until you press the parking aid button. Note: The system could turn off when you shift out of reverse (R). The system warns you of objects that are within the detection zone of the bumper areas.

E174857

A

B

Sensor coverage area is up to 27 in (70 cm) from the front bumper. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners.

A

Sensor coverage area is up to 71 1 in (180 2 cm) from the rear bumper.

B

Note: Accessories that block the detection zone of the system may create false alerts. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. A tone sounds in the following manner when objects are near the front or rear bumpers: Objects detected by the front sensors

produce a high-pitched tone from the front speakers.

Objects detected by the rear sensors produce a low-pitched tone from the rear speakers.

184

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

The system reports the object that is closest to the front or rear of your vehicle. For example, if an object is 24 in (60 cm) from the front of your vehicle and at the same time, an object is only 16 in (40 cm) from the rear of your vehicle, a lower-pitched tone sounds from the rear speakers.

A continuous tone sounds from a front or rear speaker if an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the front or rear of your vehicle.

As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume. When the warning ends, the audio system returns to the previously set volume. Note: Volume reduction is not a standard feature of all audio systems. The system detects objects when you shift into reverse (R) and: Your vehicle is moving toward a

stationary object at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or less.

Your vehicle is stationary but an object is approaching your vehicle at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or less.

Your vehicle is moving at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or less, and an object is approaching your vehicle at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or less.

REAR PARKING AID

WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.

WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.

If the system malfunctions, a message appears in the information display. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Note: Some add-on accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. The sensors are active when the transmission is in reverse (R) and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume.

185

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

A warning tone sounds when an object approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the center of the rear bumper. Note: There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners.

E130178

Sensor coverage area is up to 70 in (180 cm) from the rear bumper.

The system detects large objects when you shift into reverse (R) and any of the following occur: Your vehicle is moving backward at low

speed. Your vehicle is stationary but an object

is approaching the rear of your vehicle at low speed.

Your vehicle is moving backward at low speed and an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle at low speed.

If your vehicle remains stationary for two seconds the audible warning turns off. If your vehicle moves backward the tone sounds again. Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the rear bumper, the audible warning does not turn off.

Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)

When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides object distance indication through the information display. As the distance to the object

decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon.

If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray.

186

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

Rear Parking Aid Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Aid Fault

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Park Aid

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Rear Park Aid

A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned. Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Rear Park Aid Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

FRONT PARKING AID

WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.

The sensors are on the front bumper. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.

Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. The sensors are active when the transmission is in any position other than park (P). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume. A warning tone sounds when an object approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the front bumper. The system turns off when the vehicle speed reaches 5 mph (8 km/h).

187

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

E187330

Sensor coverage area is up to 28 in (70 cm) from the center of the bumper. If the transmission is in reverse (R), the system detects objects when your vehicle is moving at low speed or an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle at low speed. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds. If the transmission is in any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings when your vehicle is moving and an object is within the detection area. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds and the visual warning turns off after four seconds.

E139213

Press the parking aid button to switch the system off.

If the system malfunctions, a message appears in the information display.

Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)

The system provides object distance indication through the information display.

As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon.

If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray.

When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audio warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving and the detected object is moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audio warnings stop after two seconds. Visual indication remains on when the transmission is in reverse (R). When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audio warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audio warnings stop after two seconds and visual indication stops after four seconds. Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from your vehicle, visual indication remains on. When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below, for example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, visual indication stops after four seconds.

188

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

Front Parking Aid Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Aid Fault

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Park Aid

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Front Park Aid

A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned. Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Front Park Aid Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

SIDE SENSING SYSTEM

WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.

WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.

The system uses the front and rear outermost parking aid sensors to detect objects that are near to the sides of your vehicle. The system displays them on a virtual map in the information display as your vehicle moves past them. The sensors are on the front and rear bumpers. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. The system may not function if: You switch the ignition on, off and back

on within a few seconds. Your vehicle remains stationary for over

two minutes. The anti-lock brake system activates. The traction control system activates. Note: If you switch traction control off, the side sensing system also turns off.

189

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

Note: Some accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. To reinitialize the system, you may have to drive your vehicle approximately 10 ft (3 m).

E190458

The sensor coverage area is up to 24 in (60 cm) from the side of your vehicle. When the system detects an object within the coverage area and the driving path of your vehicle, an audible warning sounds. As your vehicle moves closer to the object, the rate of the tone increases. Note: The system does not detect an object that is moving toward the side of your vehicle, for example another vehicle moving at low speed, if it does not pass a front or rear sensor.

Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)

E190459

The system provides object distance indication through the information display. As the distance to the object

decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon.

If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray.

When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when detected objects are within 24 in (60 cm) and are inside the driving path of your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds. When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds and the visual indication turns off after four seconds.

190

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides a visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below. For example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the visual indication turns off after four seconds. If the system is not available, the side distance indicator blocks do not display.

ACTIVE PARK ASSIST The system assists parking into and out of parking spaces. Sensors are used to detect parking spaces. The system then steers as required to maneuver into or out of a parking space. You control the accelerator, brakes and changing gears.

Using Active Park Assist

WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause interference.

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

The active park assist button is next to the gearshift lever.

Driving into a Parking Space 1. Press the active park assist button. Note: The system searches for parallel parking spaces on the passenger side. Press the active park assist button again to make the system search for perpendicular spaces. 2. Use the direction indicator lever to

search for a parking space on the driver or passenger side of your vehicle.

3. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft (1 m) away from and parallel to the other parked vehicles when searching for a parking space.

Note: A tone sounds and a message appears in the information display when active park assist finds a suitable parking space. 4. Bring your vehicle to a complete

standstill. 5. Release the steering wheel and shift

into reverse (R). 6. Drive backward and your vehicle steers

itself into the parking space. 7. Follow the instructions on the

information display. Note: When parking is complete, a tone sounds and an information message appears.

Leaving a Parking Space The system assists leaving only parallel parking spaces. 1. Press the active park assist button. 2. Use the direction indicator lever to

choose the direction to leave. 3. Release the steering wheel and shift

into reverse (R).

191

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

4. Follow the instructions on the information display.

Note: After the system drives your vehicle to a position where you can exit the parking space in a forward movement, a message appears instructing you to take full control of your vehicle.

Canceling Active Park Assist To cancel parking assistance at any time, press the active park assist button or turn the steering wheel.

Note: It also cancels when your vehicle exceeds 6 mph (9 km/h).

Brake System Intervention When active park assist is controlling the steering, it may under certain conditions apply the brakes to slow or stop your vehicle. Note: This could cause the parking assistance to cancel.

Active Park Assist Troubleshooting

Possible CauseSymptom

You may have switched traction control off.The system does not search for a parking space.

The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.

The sensors may be blocked. For example, snow, ice or large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors can affect how the system functions.

The system does not offer a parking space.

The sensors in the front or rear bumper could be damaged.

There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.

There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space.

The parking space is more than 5 ft (1.5 m) or less than 2 ft (0.5 m) away.

The vehicle speed is greater than 22 mph (35 km/h) for parallel parking or greater than 19 mph (30 km/h) for perpendicular parking.

You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle on a straight road for a short period of time.

An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from correctly aligning your vehicle.

The system does not correctly position your vehicle in a parking space.

192

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

Possible CauseSymptom

Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be correctly parked.

Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space.

The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained. For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes.

A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities.

A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed.

The parking space length or position of parked objects changes after your vehicle passes the space.

You are using a spare tire or a tire that is significantly worn more than the other tires.

The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes. For example, driving from a heated garage into cold outside temperature, or after leaving a car wash.

REAR VIEW CAMERA — VEHICLES WITH: PARKING AID CAMERA

WARNING: The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.

WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.

WARNING: The operation of the camera depends on the outside temperature, vehicle and road conditions.

WARNING: Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image could be incorrect. All guide lines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

193

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving.

WARNING: To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the rear view camera.

The rear view camera provides an image of the area behind your vehicle. During operation, lines appear in the display that represents the path of your vehicle and proximity to objects behind it.

Rear View Camera Locations

E254267

The rear view camera is below the central high mounted stop lamp or on the rear cargo door.

Using the Rear View Camera The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you shift the transmission into reverse (R). Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the rear cargo door is open, no rear view camera features will display. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear when you connect the trailer tow connector. The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions: Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse

lamps are not operating. If the camera is obstructed.Clean the

lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.

The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle.

Rear View Camera Guidelines

WARNING: Objects above the camera may not be visible. Check the area behind your vehicle when necessary.

194

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

A B C D

F

E

E142436

Active guidelines.A Centerline.B Fixed guideline: Green zone.C Fixed guideline: Yellow zone.D Fixed guideline: Red zone.E Rear bumper.F

If the vehicle battery is disconnected, the guidelines are not fully functional directly after the battery is reconnected. The guidelines become fully functional after you drive your vehicle as straight as possible for five minutes at a minimum speed of 31.1 mph (50 km/h).

The system uses three types of guidelines to help you see what is behind your vehicle: Active guidelines show the intended

path of your vehicle when reversing. The centerline helps align the center

of your vehicle with a trailer. Fixed guidelenes show the actual path

of your vehicle when reversing in a straight line.This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object.

Active guidelines are only available with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If you change the steering wheel position when driving in reverse (R), your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path. The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not visible. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further from your vehicle. Note: Guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).

System Settings You can adjust the camera settings using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 427).

Manual Zoom

WARNING: When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle may not show. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature.

Manual zoom is only available when you shift the transmission into reverse (R).

195

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

Selectable settings for this feature are Zoom in (+) and Zoom Out (-). Press the symbol in the camera screen to change the view. The default setting is Zoom OFF. The rear bumper remains in the image as a reference point. Note: Only the centerline shows when you switch on manual zoom.

Rear View Camera Delay You can switch this feature on or off using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 427). The default setting is off. When shifting the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear other than park (P), the camera image remains in the display until: Your vehicle speed sufficiently

increases. You shift your vehicle into park (P).

Enhanced Parking Aids or Park Pilot (If Equipped)

You can switch this feature on or off using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 427). When the reverse sensing system detects an object, it displays red, yellow and green indicators at the top of the image.

180 DEGREE CAMERA

WARNING: The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.

WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.

WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving.

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

Note: Use caution using the 180 view when any of the doors are ajar. If a door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect.

Front View Camera

WARNING: The front camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of your vehicle.

Note: The system turns off the front video image when your vehicle is in motion at low speed, except when in reverse (R). Note: The area displayed on the screen may vary according to your vehicle’s orientation or road condition. Note: The camera system may not operate correctly if mud, water or debris obstructs the camera’s view. You can clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner or by using your front washer. See Wipers and Washers (page 97).

196

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

E188845

The front view camera is located in the grille. It provides a video image of the area in front of your vehicle. It adds assistance to the driver while driving forward at low speeds.

Using the 180 degree camera system The 180 degree camera system consists of front and rear cameras. The system: Allows you to see what is directly in

front or behind your vehicle. Provides cross traffic view in front and

behind your vehicle. Provides visibility during parking

maneuvers.

E205884

The camera system button is located near the display screen and turns on the front camera

when your vehicle is not in reverse (R). The front view camera will switch off if your vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph). Switch the system back on by pressing the camera system button once below speed threshold.

Camera Views Press the camera system button to activate the camera views and the camera view buttons.

When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only the front images display when you press the button. When in reverse (R), only the rear images display.

E224483

Press the camera view button to toggle between the different camera views.

E224784

Normal View: Provides an image of what is directly in front or behind your vehicle.

E224785

Expanded View: Provides an extended view of what is in front or behind your vehicle.

E224485

Zooms in on the image.

197

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Parking Aids

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).

USING CRUISE CONTROL

WARNING: Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.

WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes.

The cruise controls are on the steering wheel.

Switching Cruise Control On

E71340

Press the button.

Switching Cruise Control Off

E71340

Press the button when the system is in standby mode. The system also turns off when you

switch the ignition off. Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off.

Setting the Cruise Speed Drive to the required speed.

Press the toggle button upward or downward to set the current speed.

Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Note: The set speed appears in the information display.

Changing the Set Speed Press the toggle button upward to increase the set speed.

Press the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed.

You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments. Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed does not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set.

Canceling the Set Speed Press the button, or press the brake pedal to cancel the set speed.

Note: The set speed is stored. Note: The system cancels if the vehicle speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under the set speed when driving uphill.

Resuming the Set Speed Press to resume the set speed.

198

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

Cruise Control Indicator

E71340

The indicator appears when you switch the system on.

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Pay close attention to changing road conditions such as entering or leaving a highway, on roads with intersections or roundabouts, roads without visible lanes of travel, roads that are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep slopes.

WARNING: The system may not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).

WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer that has aftermarket electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system is not a crash warning or avoidance system.

WARNING: The system does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road.

WARNING: The system does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.

WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.

WARNING: Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.

The system adjusts the vehicle speed to maintain the set gap between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select four gap settings. The system uses a radar that projects a beam directly in front of your vehicle.

E248321

The adaptive cruise controls are on the steering wheel.

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On

E144529

Press to set the system in standby mode.

199

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

E260516

The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display.

Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed Drive to the required speed.

Press the toggle button upward to set the current speed.

Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display.

E249552

A vehicle graphic appears in the information display if the system detects a vehicle in front of you. Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display.

Following a Vehicle

WARNING: When following a vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does not always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. A vehicle graphic appears in the information display. Note: When you are following a vehicle and you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive cruise control may provide a small temporary acceleration to help you pass. Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until: The vehicle in front of you accelerates

to a speed above the set speed. The vehicle in front of you moves out

of the lane you are in. You set a new gap distance. The system applies the brakes to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance from the vehicle in front. The system only applies limited braking. You can override the system by applying the brakes. If the system determines that its maximum braking level is not sufficient, an audible warning sounds when the system continues to brake. Take immediate action.

200

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

Note: The brakes may emit noise when applied by the system.

Setting the Gap Distance You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by pressing the gap control.

Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions.

E249552

The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the image. You can select four gap settings.

Adaptive Cruise Control Distance Between Vehicle Settings

Dynamic Beha- vior

Distance GapTime Gap — Seconds

Graphic Display — Bars Indicated

Between Vehicles

Set Speed

yd (m)mph ( km/h)

Sport.31 (28)1162 (100)

Normal.43 (39)1.4262 (100)

Normal.55 (50)1.8362 (100)

Comfort.67 (61)2.2462 (100)

When you switch the ignition on, the system selects the last chosen gap setting.

Overriding the System

WARNING: If you override the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.

Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally exceed the set speed limit. When you override the system, the vehicle graphic disappears from the information display.

Changing the Set Speed Press the toggle button upward to increase the set speed.

Press the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed.

You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments.

201

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

The system may apply the brakes to slow your vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed continuously displays in the information display when the system is active.

Canceling the Set Speed Press the button, or tap the brake pedal.

The last set speed displays with a strikethrough and the last gap setting appears but does not erase. Note: The set speed also cancels if you press the clutch pedal for an extended period.

Resuming the Set Speed Press the button.

The vehicle speed returns to the previously set speed and gap setting. The set speed continuously shows in the information display when the system is active. Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it.

Automatic Cancellation The system does not operate if the vehicle speed is below 12 mph (20 km/h). A tone sounds and adaptive braking releases if the vehicle speed falls below 12 mph (20 km/h). Automatic cancellation can also occur when: The tires lose traction. The engine speed is too low. You apply the parking brake. Note: If the engine speed drops too low, the information display advises you to shift to a lower gear.

Hilly Condition Usage Select a lower gear when the system is active and you are driving downhill on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the brake system to prevent it from overheating. Note: A tone sounds and the system turns off if it applies brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system operates after the brakes cool.

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off

E144529

Press the button.

Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off.

Detection Issues

WARNING: On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required.

WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

The radar has a limited field of view. It does not detect all vehicles in all situations and could detect vehicles later that you expect. The lead vehicle graphic does not display if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you.

202

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

E71621

Detection issues can occur:

When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front.

A

With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they fully move into your lane.

B

There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.

C

In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and take action when necessary.

If something hits the front of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause the system to malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

System Not Available The system may not turn on if there is: A blocked sensor. High brake temperature. A failure in the system or a related

system.

Adaptive Cruise Control System Sensors

WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction.

E243054

The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror.

203

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

E244279

The radar is behind the front grille below the license plate.

A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function when something blocks the sensor. Note: You cannot see the sensor, it is behind a fascia panel. Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front protectors, aftermarket lights, additional paint or plastic coatings could also degrade sensor performance.

ActionCause

Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar or remove any obstruction.

The surface of the radar in the radiator grille is dirty or obstructed.

Wait a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction.

The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display.

Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead.

Heavy rain or snow interfere with the radar signals.

Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead.

Swirling water, snow or ice on the surface of the road interfere with the radar signals.

Wait a short period of time or switch to normal cruise control.

You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects.

Due to the nature of radar technology, a blocked sensor message could display when the sensor is not blocked. This can happen, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false blocked condition self clears or clears after you switch the ignition off and on.

Switching to Normal Cruise Control

WARNING: Normal cruise control will not brake when your vehicle is approaching slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.

204

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

You can change from adaptive cruise control to cruise control using the

information display.

To switch between adaptive cruise control and normal cruise control, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Driver Assist.

Press the OK button.Cruise Control

Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK button.

Mode

E71340

The cruise control indicator replaces the adaptive cruise control indicator if you select

normal cruise control. The gap setting does not display, the system does not automatically respond to lead vehicles and adaptive braking does not activate. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator

E144524

The indicator appears when you switch the system on.

The indicator appears in the information display when the system is in standby mode and when you set the adaptive cruise speed.

Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages

ActionMessage

The radar has reduced visibility.Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

The system is not available.Adaptive Cruise Not Available

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Adaptive Cruise Malfunc- tion

You have switched normal cruise control on. Adaptive braking turns off.

Normal Cruise Active Adaptive Braking Off

205

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Cruise Control

SPEED LIMITER Principle of Operation

WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes.

WARNING: The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention.

The system allows you to set a speed to which your vehicle becomes limited. The set speed sets the effective maximum speed of your vehicle. You can temporarily exceed the set speed if required, for example to overtake.

Using Speed Limiter The controls are on the steering wheel.

Switching the System On and Off Press to set the system in standby mode. Press again to switch the system off.

Setting the Speed Limiter Press the toggle button upward or downward with the system in standby mode to set the speed limiter to the current vehicle speed. The set speed is stored and displayed in the information

display.

You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments.

Canceling the Set Speed Press to cancel the set speed limiter. The system returns to standby mode.

Resuming the Set Speed Press to resume the set speed limiter.

Intentionally Exceeding the Speed Limit Firmly press the accelerator pedal to temporarily exceed the set speed limit. The system resumes when the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit, or when you press the RES button.

System Warnings If you intentionally exceed the set speed, a warning appears in the information display. If you unintentionally exceed the set speed, for example when you are going downhill, a warning appears in the information display and a tone sounds.

206

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

DRIVER ALERT

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction.

WARNING: Take regular rest breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system to warn you.

WARNING: Certain driving styles may result in the system warning you even if you are not feeling tired.

WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance.

WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.

WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.

The system is designed to alert you if it calculates that you are becoming drowsy or if your driving deteriorates.

The system calculates your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors when the vehicle speed is greater than approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).

Driver Alert System Warnings The warning system has two stages: 1. A temporary warning is issued to advise

you to take a rest. This message only appears for a short time.

2. If you do not rest and the system continues to detect that your driving deteriorates, it issues a further warning. This remains in the information display until you cancel it.

Note: The system does not warn you if the vehicle speed falls below approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).

Driver Alert System Display 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Information. 3. Select Driver Alert. Your calculated alertness level is shown by six steps as a colored bar. The bar travels from right to left as your calculated alertness level decreases.

E249476

Your calculated alertness level is good.

207

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

E249477

Your calculated alertness level is low. You should stop your vehicle and take a rest as soon as it is safe to do so. Your calculated alertness level shows in gray if: The sensor cannot track the road lane

markings. The vehicle speed is less than

approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).

Switching Driver Alert On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Switch Driver Alert on or off. Note: The system remains on or off depending on how it was last set.

Resetting Driver Alert You can reset the system by: Switching the ignition off and on when

your vehicle is stationary. Opening and closing the driver door

when your vehicle is stationary.

Driver Alert System Messages

ActionMessage

Displays when we recommend that you take a break due to low alertness levels.

Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested

Displays when you must take a break due to low alertness levels.

Driver Alert Warning Rest Now

LANE KEEPING SYSTEM

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked.

WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning.

WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance.

WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance.

208

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.

WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.

The system is designed to alert you by providing temporary steering assistance or steering wheel vibration when it detects an unintended lane departure. The system detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera mounted behind the interior mirror. The system only operates when the vehicle speed is greater than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h). You can view the system status in the information display. Note: The system works when the camera can detect at least one lane marking or the edge of the road. The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions: The system does not detect at least

one lane marking or the edge of the road.

You switch the direction indicator on. You apply direct steering, accelerate

fast or brake hard. The vehicle speed is less than 37 mph

(60 km/h). The anti-lock brake, stability control or

traction control system activates. Narrow lane width.

The system may not correct lane positioning in any of the following conditions: High winds. Uneven road surfaces. Heavy or uneven loads. Incorrect tire pressure.

Switching Lane Keeping System On or Off

E132099

Press the button on the direction indicator stalk. Note: A warning indicator may remain illuminated in the information display when you switch the system off. Note: The system may turn on when you start your vehicle.

Lane Keeping System Settings The system has different settings that you can view or adjust using the information display. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. If the system detects a MyKey, the mode is set to alert.

Alert Mode Provides steering wheel vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure.

209

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Adjusting the Steering Wheel Vibration Intensity 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Lane Keeping System. 3. Select Intensity. 4. Select a setting and press the OK

button. Note: This setting does not affect aid mode. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Adjusting the Lane Keeping System Sensitivity 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Lane Keeping System. 3. Select Sensitivity. 4. Select a setting and press the OK

button.

Aid Mode Provides temporary steering assistance toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure. Note: When aid mode is on and the system does not detect any steering activity for a short period of time, for example lightly holding the steering wheel, the system alerts you to put your hands on the steering wheel.

Alert and Aid Mode Provides temporary steering assistance toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure. If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane, the steering wheel vibrates.

E165517

Alert mode.A Aid mode.B

Note: The diagram illustrates general zone coverage. It does not provide exact zone parameters.

Switching the Lane Keeping System Mode 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Lane Keeping System. 3. Select Mode. 4. Select a setting and press the OK

button.

Lane Keeping System Display

E313922

When the system is on, a graphic of lane markings appears in the information display.

210

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Lane Keeping System Warning Lamps and Indicators Lane Keeping Alert Indicators

E251020 It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Aid Mode or Alert

and Aid Mode are selected.

It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Alert Mode is

selected.

Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp It could illuminate when you switch the system off. If it illuminates when you are driving,

this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Black and White Information Display

System StatusIndicator

Unavailable.Gray.

Available.White.

Temporary steering assistance.White and inverted.

Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration.White and flashing.

Color Information Display

System StatusIndicator

Unavailable.Gray.

Available.Green.

Temporary steering assistance.Amber.

Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration.Red.

Lane Keeping System Messages

ActionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service Required

211

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM

WARNING: Do not use the blind spot information system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The blind spot information system is not a replacement for careful driving.

WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

E255695

The system is designed to detect vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear bumper. The detection area extends to approximately 59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear bumper when the vehicle speed is greater than 30 mph (48 km/h) to alert you of faster approaching vehicles.

Note: The system does not prevent contact with other vehicles. It is not designed to detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or other infrastructures.

Using the Blind Spot Information System Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: You start your vehicle. You shift into drive (D). The vehicle speed is greater than

6 mph (10 km/h). Note: The system does not operate in park (P) or reverse (R).

Vehicles with Manual Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: You start your vehicle. The vehicle speed is greater than

6 mph (10 km/h). Note: The system does not operate in reverse (R).

Blind Spot Information System Sensors

E205199

The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt.

212

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display. The indicators remain illuminated in the exterior mirror but the system does not alert you.

Switching the Blind Spot Information System On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver Assistance. 3. Select Blind Spot. 4. Switch Blind Spot on or off. When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and the alert indicators flash twice. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. The system turns off when you attach a trailer, if your vehicle has an approved trailer tow module and tow bar. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, turn the system off when you attach a trailer. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

Blind Spot Information System Indicator

E249861 When the system detects a vehicle, an alert indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror

on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the alert indicator flashes. Note: The system may not alert you if a vehicle quickly passes through the detection zone.

Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow

E293525

The blind spot information system with trailer tow is designed to detect vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle and trailer, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer. When you attach a trailer and have set up a trailer, the blind spot information system with trailer tow becomes active when driving forward above 6 mph (10 km/h). You can set up the trailer length, select a trailer or switch blind spot information system with trailer tow off. Note: The system remembers the last trailer setting when you start your vehicle.

213

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Setting up the Trailer Length

E293526

Trailer length.A Trailer width.B Trailer hitch.C

The system operates only if the trailer front width is less than 7.9 ft (2.4 m), and the total length from the trailer hitch to the rear of the trailer is less than 33 ft (10 m). 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver Assistance. 3. Select Blind Spot. 4. Select Trailer Lengths. 5. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C. 6. Select the trailer length at the closest

available value. Note: Proper measurement and measurement entry are required for the system to function as designed. 7. Press the OK button. Note: If you attach load carriers such as bike racks or cargo racks with electrical lighting, enter a length of 3 ft (1 m). Cross Traffic Alert remains on.

Selecting a Trailer If you select a trailer in the information display prior to connecting a trailer, the system loads that configuration and an information message appears in the information display when you connect the trailer. 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver Assistance. 3. Select Blind Spot. 4. Select Trailer. 5. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C. 6. Press the OK button.

Switching the Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver Assistance. 3. Select Blind Spot. 4. Select Trailer. 5. Select None. 6. Press the OK button. When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates and the alert indicators flash twice. Note: The system turns off and a message appears when a trailer is connected, but not set up or selected.

214

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Blind Spot Information System Limitations Some trailers may cause a slight change in system performance: Wide box trailers, especially those

wider than the towing vehicle, may cause false alerts to occur when driving next to infrastructure or near parked cars. A false alert may also occur while making a 90-degree turn or driving through a roundabout.

Wide trailers that have a total length greater than 20 ft (6 m) may cause delayed alerts when a vehicle is passing at high speed.

Box trailers that have a width greater than 7.9 ft (2.4 m) may cause early alerts when you pass a vehicle.

Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with a width greater than 7.9 ft (2.4 m) may cause delayed alerts when a vehicle traveling the same speed as your vehicle merges lanes.

Blind Spot Information System Warning Lamp

E249861 It illuminates in the instrument cluster if you switch the system off.

If it illuminates when the system is on this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Blind Spot Information System Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

Displays if the new trailer is attached but not selected. Select a trailer.

Trailer Blind Spot Add Trailer Exit Press OK to Select

Displays if the blind spot information system sensors are blocked.

Blind Spot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Blind spot & cross Traffic alert deact. Trailer attached

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Blind Spot System Fault

215

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT

WARNING: Do not use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before reversing out of a parking space. The cross traffic alert system is not a replacement for careful driving.

WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

The system is designed to alert you of vehicles approaching from the sides behind your vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).

Using Cross Traffic Alert The system is designed to detect vehicles that approach at a speed between 4 mph (6 km/h) and 37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness. The system turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). The system turns off when you shift out of reverse (R).

E142440

The sensor on the left-hand side is only partially obstructed and zone coverage on the right-hand side is maximized.

216

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

E142441

Zone coverage also decreases when parking at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage on that side is severely reduced.

Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors

E205199

The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance.

If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display when you shift into reverse (R).

Cross Traffic Alert System Limitations The system may not correctly operate when any of the following occur: The sensors are blocked. Adjacently parked vehicles or objects

are obstructing the sensors. Vehicles approach at speeds less than

4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph (60 km/h).

The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph (12 km/h).

You reverse out of an angled parking space.

217

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Cross Traffic Alert behavior when trailer is attached Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an approved trailer tow module and tow bar, the system turns off when you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, we recommend that you switch the system off when you attach a trailer. Cross traffic alert remains on when you attach a trailer in vehicles equipped with a Blind Sport Information System with Trailer Tow under the following conditions: You connect a trailer. The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack

with a maximum length of 3 ft (1 m). You set the trailer length to 3 ft (1 m)

in the information display. See Blind Spot Information System (page 212).

Switching the System On and Off To switch cross traffic alert on or off, use the Information display. See General Information (page 115).

Note: The system turns on every time you switch the ignition on. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

Cross Traffic Alert Indicator

E268294 When the system detects an approaching vehicle a tone sounds, a warning lamp

illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows appear in the information display to show which side the approaching vehicle is coming from. Note: If arrows do not display, a message appears in the information display. If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and a message appears in the information display. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: In exceptional conditions, the system could alert you, even when there is nothing in the detection zone, for example a vehicle passing further away from your vehicle.

Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages

ActionMessage

Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.

Cross Traffic Alert

Displays if the cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked. Clean the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Cross Traffic Not Avail- able Sensor Blocked See Manual

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Cross Traffic System Fault

Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deac- tivated Trailer Attached

218

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

ECO Eco Mode How Does Eco Mode Work The system is designed to monitor certain driving characteristics to help you drive more efficiently. See Economical Driving (page 246). Note: The efficiency levels do not result in a defined fuel consumption figure. Note: The system only indicates the efficiency level for the current trip. The system resets each time you switch the ignition on.

Instantaneous Efficiency Level The display ring increases as the instantaneous efficiency level increases and illuminates when it reaches maximum efficiency. The level continuously updates to indicate the efficiency level for the current trip.

Viewing the Instantaneous Efficiency Level 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco Coach.

Trip Summary The calculated trip summary is shown as four colored bars. The bars travel from left to right as the calculated efficiency levels increase. The bars indicate the average efficiency level for acceleration, deceleration, speed and gear shifting during the total distance traveled by your vehicle for the current trip. Note: Vehicles with an automatic transmission do not have a bar for gear shifting.

Viewing the Trip Summary 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco Coach.

Efficient Drive Mode What Is Efficient Drive Mode Efficient drive mode is a predictive coach that provides near real-time traffic information to help you drive more efficiently by releasing the accelerator pedal.

Switching Efficient Drive Mode On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Eco Coach. 3. Switch Eco Advice on and off.

Displaying the Efficient Drive Mode 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

The display ring can provide information about speed limit, freeway ramp, slope, curve, crosswalk, etc.

Efficient Drive Mode Indicator

E308186 It indicates that you have to slowly decelerate.

219

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Trip Summary The calculated trip summary is shown as five colored bars. The bars travel from left to right as the calculated efficiency levels increase. The bars indicate the average efficiency level for acceleration, deceleration, speed, gear shifting and compliance score during the total distance traveled by your vehicle for both last and current trips. Note: Vehicles with an automatic transmission do not have a bar for gear shifting.

Viewing the trip summary 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco Coach. 3. Switch the engine off. 4. Press the OK button.

STEERING Electric Power Steering

WARNING: The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system. If a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system warning message. If a steering system warning message returns, have the system checked as soon as possible.

WARNING: If the system detects an error, you may not feel a difference in the steering, however a serious condition may exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control.

Your vehicle has an electric power steering system, there is no fluid reservoir, no maintenance is required. If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving, electric power steering assistance is lost. The steering system still operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. Manually steering your vehicle requires more effort. Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort required for you to steer your vehicle, this increased effort prevents overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. You do not lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool and return to normal operation.

Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: Correct tire pressures. Uneven tire wear. Loose or worn suspension

components. Loose or worn steering components. Improper vehicle alignment. Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.

220

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Adaptive Learning (If Equipped)

The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel. It communicates with the brake system to help operate

advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems.

Steering Information Messages

DescriptionMessage

The system has malfunctioned. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. You continue to have full steering but you need to exert greater force on the steering wheel. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Steering Fault Service Now

Steering Loss Stop Safely

Steering Assist Fault Service Required

PRE-COLLISION ASSIST

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.

WARNING: The system may fail or operate with reduced function during cold and severe weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the system. Keep the front camera and radar free of snow and ice. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system may not operate properly if your vehicle has a non-Ford windshield. Do not carry out windshield repairs in the area around the sensor.

WARNING: In situations where the vehicle camera has limited detection capability, this may reduce system performance. These situations include but are not limited to direct or low sunlight, vehicles at night without tail lights, unconventional vehicle types, pedestrians with complex backgrounds,

221

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

running pedestrians, partly obscured pedestrians, or pedestrians that the system cannot distinguish from a group. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The Pre-Collision Assist system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this system to replace your judgment and the need to maintain correct distance and speed.

The pre-collision assist system is active when your vehicle reaches a speed greater than approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). Pedestrian detection is active at speeds up to 50 mph (80 km/h).

Note: The system is not designed to detect animals. Note: The system is not designed to detect vehicles or cyclists that are traveling in a different direction.

E156130

If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another stationary vehicle, a vehicle or cyclist traveling in the same direction as yours, or a pedestrian within your driving path, the system is designed to provide three levels of functionality.

DescriptionLevel of Functionality

When activated, a warning lamp flashes and an audible warning sounds.

Alert

The system is designed to help reduce the impact speed by preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal, the system could apply additional braking up to maximum braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal.

Brake support

The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the crash.

Active braking — vehicles without adaptive cruise control

The system is active at speeds up to 80 mph (130 km/h).

The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the crash.

Active braking — vehicles with adaptive cruise control

Switching Active Braking On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Pre-Collision Assist.

3. Switch Active Braking on or off.

Distance Alert (If Equipped)

A warning lamp illuminates if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small.

222

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: The warning lamp does not illuminate if cruise control or adaptive cruise control is active.

Setting the Distance Alert Sensitivity 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Pre-Collision Assist. 3. Select Alert Sensitivity.

4. Select a setting and press the OK button.

Distance Indication (If Equipped)

A graphical indication displays the time gap to vehicles ahead of you traveling in the same direction. Note: The graphic does not display if you switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise control.

Time GapDistance GapDistance Indic- ator Color

System Sensit- ivity

Vehicle Speed

Greater than 0.9 seconds.

Greater than 82.0 ft (25 m) .

Gray.Normal.62 mph (100 km/h)

0.6-0.9 seconds.

55.882.0 ft (1725 m).

Yellow.

Less than 0.6 seconds.

Less than 55.8 ft (17 m).

Red.

Switching Distance Indication On and Off 1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Driver Assist..

2. Select Pre-Collision Assist. 3. Switch Distance Indication on or off.

Pre-Collision Assist System Sensors Vehicles without Adaptive Cruise Control

E243054

The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.

223

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Blocked sensors could affect system accuracy. A message may appear in the information display.

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control

E243054

The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror.

E244279

The radar sensor is behind the front grille below the license plate. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Blocked sensors could affect system accuracy. A message may appear in the information display.

Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp It illuminates if your vehicle rapidly approaches another vehicle, to warn you of the risk of

a crash with the vehicle in front of you. It could illuminate red if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small.

It illuminates amber when you switch the system off or if the system is not available.

Pre-Collision Assist Information Messages

ActionMessage

The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Pre-Collision Assist Not Available

The sensors are dirty. Clean the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked

224

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

The following table lists possible causes and actions for when a blocked sensor message may display.

ActionCause

Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar or remove any obstruction.

The surface of the radar in the radiator grille is dirty or obstructed.

Wait for a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the system to detect that there is no obstruction.

The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display.

The system is temporarily disabled. The system should reactivate after a short period of time when the weather conditions improve.

Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering with the radar signals.

Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

The radar is misaligned.

Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the camera.

The windshield in front of the camera is dirty or obstructed.

Wait for a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the camera to detect that there is no obstruction.

The windshield in front of the camera is clean but the message remains in the display.

Wait for a short period of time. The message should clear when the temper- ature around the camera decreases.

Excessive heat around the camera.

FRONT VIEW CAMERA

WARNING: The front camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of your vehicle.

E188845

The front view camera is located in the grille.

225

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Using the Front View Camera The front view camera provides a video image of the area in front of your vehicle. To use the front view camera system, place the transmission in any gear except reverse (R). An image of the front of your vehicle appears once you press the camera enable button and your vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). Note: The area displayed on the screen may vary according to your vehicle’s orientation or road condition. Note: The front view camera will switch off if your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h). You will have to switch the system back on by using the enable button once below the speed threshold. Note: The camera system may not operate correctly if mud, water or debris obstructs the camera’s view. You can clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner or by using your front washer. See Wipers and Washers (page 97).

E188847

The camera button is located on the audio unit.

Camera Views Press the camera button to toggle between different views. Front Normal View: Provides an image

of what is directly in front of your vehicle.

Front Split View: Provides an extended view of what is in front of your vehicle. Access this view by pressing the camera button from the Front Normal View screen.

DRIVE CONTROL Selectable Drive Modes Your vehicle has various drive modes that you can select for different driving conditions. Depending on the drive mode that you select, the system adjusts various vehicle settings, for example steering, gear shifting, handling and powertrain response.

Selecting a Drive Mode The button is on the instrument panel. E298514 Repeatedly press the button to

scroll through the available drive modes. Release the button to

confirm your selected drive mode.

Normal

E225310

Vehicle settings suited for balanced driving.

Note: This is the default mode each time you switch the ignition on.

Eco

E267164 Vehicle settings suited for economical driving.

Slippery

E269320

Vehicle settings suited for driving on slippery roads.

Tow/Haul

E246592

Vehicle settings suited for towing or hauling.

Mud/Ruts E296606 Vehicle settings suited for driving

through mud and ruts.

226

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

Selectable Drive Modes Information Messages

ActionMessage

The system is not available. If it is still not available the next time you switch the ignition on, the system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Drive Mode Not Available

227

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Aids

ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS — BUS

WARNING: Your vehicle is not approved for roof racks. Never install a roof rack to your vehicle.

ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS — VAN

WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.

WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle.

WARNING: Read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you are fitting a roof rack.

Maximum Roof Load

lb (kg)Variant

419 (190)Low-Roof.

331 (150)Medium-Roof.

220 (100)High-Roof.

Make sure that you securely fasten the load. Check that the straps are secure before driving and at each fuel stop.

We recommend that you use genuine Ford accessory crossbars specifically designed for your vehicle. Never place loads directly on the roof panel.

LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES Securing Cargo

E175810

Maximum Load Value

Variant

1,125 lb (5,000 N)All Van

Note: The number of load retaining fixtures may vary depending on your vehicle model.

228

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

LOAD LIMIT

Vehicle Loading — with and without a Trailer This section guides you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer, or both. Keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle provides maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before you load your vehicle, become familiar with the following terms for determining your vehicles weight rating, with or without a trailer, from the vehicles Tire and Loading Information label or Safety Compliance Certification label.

Tire and Loading Label Information Example:

E198719

Payload Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that your vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading label. The label is either on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver door. Vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a tire and loading label. Look for The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg OR XXX lb for maximum payload. The payload listed on the Tire and Loading Information label

229

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

is the maximum payload for your vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any additional equipment on your vehicle, you must determine the new payload. Subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire and Loading label. When towing, trailer tongue weight or king pin weight is also part of payload.

WARNING: The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) GAWR is the maximum allowable weight that a single axle (front or rear) can carry. These numbers are on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position.

The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) GVWR is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes all options, equipment, passengers and cargo. It appears on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Safety Compliance Certification Label Example:

E198828

230

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

WARNING: Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification label vehicle weight limits can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight Maximum loaded trailer weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) GCWR is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicles braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should

be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The gross combined weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating. Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer.

WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

WARNING: Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.

WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle weight rating can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

231

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

Steps for determining the correct load limit: 1. Locate the statement «The

combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb.» on your vehicles placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Helpful examples for calculating the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 — (5 x 220) — (5 x 30) = 1400 — 1100 — 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (5 x 99 kilograms) — (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 — 495 — 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms. Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 — (2 x 220) — (12 x 100) = 1400 — 440

232

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

— 1200 = — 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (2 x 99 kilograms) — (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 — 198 — 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be:1400 — (2 x 220) — (9 x 100) = 1400 — 440 — 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (2 x 99 kilograms) — (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 — 198 — 405 = 32 kilograms. The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the front or the rear gross axle weight rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification label. Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles

WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may

handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.

233

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Load Carrying

TOWING A TRAILER

WARNING: Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.

WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

Note: See Recommended Towing Weights (page 235). Your vehicle may have electrical items, such as fuses or relays, related to towing. See Fuses (page 263). Your vehicle’s load capacity designation is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle or trailer. Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle’s engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these components periodically during, and after, any towing operation.

Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving: Load the heaviest items closest

to the trailer floor. Load the heaviest items

centered between the left and right side trailer tires.

Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight.

Select a ball mount with the correct rise or drop and load capacity. When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly angled down toward your vehicle, when viewed from the side.

When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight. Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual. See Load Limit (page 229). You can also find information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide available at your authorized dealer, or online.

234

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/Website

RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS — CHASSIS CAB/ CREW VAN/CUTAWAY/VAN

Note: Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area. Vehicles equipped with the Trailer Tow Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should not exceed 55 ft (5.1 m) trailer frontal area. Note: Exceeding this limitation may significantly reduce the performance of your towing vehicle. Selecting a trailer with a low aerodynamic drag and rounded front design helps optimize performance and fuel economy.

Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1,000 ft (300 m) starting at the 1,000 ft (300 m) elevation point. Note: Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as your vehicle’s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes. Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following charts.

235

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

Maximum Loaded Trailer

Weight lb (kg) 1

Maximum GCWR lb (kg)

Rear Wheels

Final Drive Ratio

Engine

4,800 (2,177)10,600 (4,808)

Single Rear Wheels.3.312.0L EcoBlue.

4,800 (2,177)10,600 (4,808)

Dual Rear Wheels.3.312.0L EcoBlue.

7,500 (3,402)13,500 (6,123)Single Rear Wheels.3.732.0L EcoBlue.

7,500 (3,402)13,500 (6,123)Dual Rear Wheels.3.732.0L EcoBlue.

5,300 (2,404)10,800 (4,899)

Single Rear Wheels.3.733.5L Duratec.

5,300 (2,404)10,800 (4,899)

Dual Rear Wheels.3.733.5L Duratec.

6,600 (2,994)12,000 (5,443)Single Rear Wheels.4.103.5L Duratec.

6,600 (2,994)12,000 (5,443)Dual Rear Wheels.4.103.5L Duratec.

5,800 (2,631)11,200 (5,080)Single Rear Wheels.3.313.5L

EcoBoost.

7,100 (3,221)12,600 (5,715)Single Rear Wheels.3.733.5L

EcoBoost.

7,300 (3,311)13,000 (5,897)Dual Rear Wheels.3.733.5L

EcoBoost.

7,500 (3,402)15,000 (6,804)

Dual Rear Wheels.3.733.5L

EcoBoost.2

1 Calculated with SAE J2807 method. 2 Vehicles with the gross vehicle weight rating of 11,000lbs (4,990kg).

236

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight for Your Vehicle 1. Start with the gross combined

weight rating for your vehicle model and axle ratio. See the previous charts.

2. Subtract all of the following that apply to your vehicle:

Vehicle curb weight Hitch hardware weight, such as

a draw bar, ball, locks or weight distributing hardware

Driver weight Passenger(s) weight Payload, cargo and luggage

weight Aftermarket equipment weight. This equals the maximum loaded trailer weight for this combination. Note: The trailer tongue load is considered part of the payload for your vehicle. Reduce the total payload by the final trailer tongue weight. Note: Consult an authorized dealer to determine the maximum trailer weight allowed for your vehicle if you are not sure.

RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS — M2 BUS

Note: Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area. Vehicles equipped with the Trailer Tow Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should not exceed 55 ft (5.1 m) trailer frontal area. Note: Exceeding this limitation may significantly reduce the performance of your towing vehicle. Selecting a trailer with a low aerodynamic drag and rounded front design helps optimize performance and fuel economy. Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1,000 ft (300 m) starting at the 1,000 ft (300 m) elevation point. Note: Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as your vehicle’s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes. Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following charts.

237

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

Maximum Loaded Trailer

Weight lb (kg) 1

Maximum GCWR lb (kg)

Rear Wheels

Final Drive Ratio

Engine

3,700 (1,678)10,600 (4,808)

Single Rear Wheels.3.312.0L EcoBlue.

3,700 (1,678)10,600 (4,808)

Dual Rear Wheels.3.312.0L EcoBlue.

4,200 (1,905)11,200 (5,080)Single Rear Wheels.3.732.0L EcoBlue.

4,200 (1,905)11,200 (5,080)Dual Rear Wheels.3.732.0L EcoBlue.

4,600 (2,087)10,800 (4,899)

Single Rear Wheels.3.733.5L Duratec.

4,600 (2,087)10,800 (4,899)

Dual Rear Wheels.3.733.5L Duratec.

4,500 (2,041)11,200 (5,080)Single Rear Wheels.4.103.5L Duratec.

4,500 (2,041)11,200 (5,080)Dual Rear Wheels.4.103.5L Duratec.

4,500 (2,041)11,200 (5,080)Single Rear Wheels.3.313.5L

EcoBoost.

4,500 (2,041)11,200 (5,080)Dual Rear Wheels.3.313.5L

EcoBoost.

4,400 (1,996)11,200 (5,080)Single Rear Wheels.3.733.5L

EcoBoost.

4,400 (1,996)11,200 (5,080)Dual Rear Wheels.3.733.5L

EcoBoost. 1 Calculated with SAE J2807 method.

238

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight for Your Vehicle 1. Start with the gross combined

weight rating for your vehicle model and axle ratio. See the previous charts.

2. Subtract all of the following that apply to your vehicle:

Vehicle curb weight Hitch hardware weight, such as

a draw bar, ball, locks or weight distributing hardware

Driver weight Passenger(s) weight Payload, cargo and luggage

weight Aftermarket equipment weight. This equals the maximum loaded trailer weight for this combination. Note: The trailer tongue load is considered part of the payload for your vehicle. Reduce the total payload by the final trailer tongue weight. Note: Consult an authorized dealer to determine the maximum trailer weight allowed for your vehicle if you are not sure.

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing: Do not tow a trailer until your vehicle

has covered at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km). See Breaking-In (page 247).

Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer.

See the instructions included with towing accessories for the correct installation and adjustment specifications.

Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 446).

If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you.

Refer to Load Carrying for load specification terms found on the tire label, Safety Compliance label and instructions on calculating your vehicle’s maximum load. See Load Limit (page 229). Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight.

Trailer Towing Connector (If Equipped)

E163167

Your vehicle is fitted with both a 7 pin and 4 pin trailer wiring connector.

239

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

When attaching the trailer wiring connector to your vehicle, only use a correctly fitting connector that works with the vehicle and trailer functions. Some seven-position connectors may have the SAE J2863 logo, which confirms that it is the correct wiring connector and works correctly with your vehicle.

FunctionColor

Left turn signal and brake lamp.

Yellow

Ground (-).White

Electric brakes.Blue

Right turn signal and brake lamp.

Green

Battery (+).Orange

Running lamps.Brown

Reverse lamps.Grey

Tow Hitch

WARNING: Do not exceed the lowest rating capacity for your vehicle or trailer hitch. Overloading your vehicle or trailer hitch can impair your vehicle stability and handling. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld or modify the trailer hitch. Modifying the trailer hitch could reduce the hitch rating.

Do not use a tow hitch that either clamps on to the bumper or attaches to the axle. You must distribute the load in your trailer so that between 10% and 15% of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue.

Weight Distributing Hitches A weight distribution hitch is not recommended for use with your vehicle.

Safety Chains Always connect the safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle’s tow hitch. To connect the safety chains, cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground. Note: Do not attach safety chains to the bumper.

Trailer Brakes (If Equipped)

WARNING: Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s brake system. Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase.

Electric, manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them correctly and adjust them to the manufacturer’s specifications. Trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations. The rating for the tow vehicle’s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating. Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1,500 lb (680 kg) when loaded.

240

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

Integrated Trailer Brake Controller

WARNING: Use the integrated trailer brake controller to properly adjust the trailer brakes and check all connections before towing a trailer. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

B

A

E163166

Gain adjustment buttons.A Manual control lever.B

When used correctly, the trailer brake controller assists in smooth and effective trailer braking by powering the trailers electric or electric-over-hydraulic brakes with a proportional output based on the towing vehicles brake pressure

Slide the manual control lever to the left to turn on the trailer’s electric brakes. They work independently of the tow vehicle’s braking system. See Procedure for Adjusting the Gain Setting for instructions on correct use of this feature. If you use the manual control while the brake is also applied, the greater of the two inputs determines the power sent to the trailer brakes. 1. Press the + and — buttons to adjust the

brake controller’s power output to the trailer brakes in 0.5 increments. You can increase the gain setting to 10 (maximum trailer braking) or decrease it to zero (no trailer braking). Pressing and holding a button raises or lowers the setting continuously.

The gain setting displays in the information display as:

Message

Trailer Brake

Gain:

Note: Using the manual control lever illuminates the trailer’s brake lamps and your vehicle’s brake lamps, except the center high-mounted brake lamp, if you make the correct electrical connection to the trailer.

241

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

The controller shows gain setting, output bar graph and the trailer connectivity status in the information display as follows:

Action and DescriptionMessage

Displays the current gain setting during a given ignition cycle and when adjusting the gain setting. This also displays if you use the manual control lever or make gain adjustments with no trailer connected.

Trailer Brake

Gain:

No Trailer

Displays when you press your vehicle’s brake pedal, or upon use of the manual control lever. Bar indicators illuminate in the information display to indicate the amount of power going to the trailer brakes relative to the brake pedal or manual control input. One bar indicates the least amount of output; six bars indicate maximum output.

Trailer Brake

Gain:

Output:

Displays when the system senses a correct trailer wiring connection during a given ignition cycle. For example a trailer with electric trailer brakes.

Trailer Connected

Displays when the system senses a trailer connection and then a disconnection, either intentional or unintentional, during a given ignition cycle, this is accompanied by a single audible tone. It also displays if a vehicle or trailer-wiring fault occurs causing the trailer to appear disconnected. This message can also display if you use the manual control lever without a trailer connected.

Trailer Disconnected

Procedure for Adjusting the Gain Setting The gain setting sets the trailer brake controller for the specific towing condition. You should change the setting as towing conditions change. Changes to towing conditions include trailer load, vehicle load, road conditions and weather. The gain should be set to provide the maximum trailer braking assistance while making sure the trailer wheels do not lock when using the brakes. Locked trailer wheels may lead to trailer instability. Note: Only carry out this procedure in a traffic-free environment at speeds of approximately 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h).

1. Make sure the trailer brakes are in good working condition, functioning normally and correctly adjusted. See a trailer dealer if necessary.

2. Hook up the trailer and make the electrical connections according to the trailer manufacturer’s instructions.

3. Use the gain adjustment + and — buttons to increase or decrease the gain setting to the desired starting point. A gain setting of six is a good starting point for heavier loads.

4. In a traffic-free environment, tow the trailer on a dry, level surface at a speed of 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h) and slide the manual control lever completely.

242

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

5. If the trailer wheels lock, indicated by squealing tires, reduce the gain setting. If the trailer wheels turn freely, increase the gain setting. Repeat steps four and five until the gain setting is at a point

just below trailer wheel lock. If towing a heavier trailer, trailer wheel lock may not be attainable even with the maximum gain setting of 10.

System Warning Messages

Action and DescriptionMessage

Displays in response to faults sensed by the trailer brake controller, accompanied by a single tone. If this message appears, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair. The controller may still function, but performance may be degraded.

Trailer Brake Module Fault

Displays when there is a short circuit on the electric brake output wire. If the message displays, accompanied by a single tone, with no trailer connected, the problem is with your vehicle wiring between the trailer brake controller and the 7- pin connector. If the message only displays with a trailer connected, the problem is with the trailer wiring. Consult a trailer dealer for assistance. This can be a short to ground, for example a chaffed wire, short to voltage, for example a pulled pin on trailer emergency breakaway battery or the trailer brakes may be drawing too much current.

Wiring Fault on Trailer

Note: An authorized dealer can diagnose the trailer brake controller to determine exactly which trailer fault has occurred. However, the Ford Warranty does not cover this diagnosis if the fault is with the trailer.

Points to Remember Do not attempt removal of the trailer

brake controller without consulting the Workshop Manual. Damage to the unit may result.

Adjust gain setting before using the trailer brake controller for the first time.

Adjust gain setting, using the procedure above, whenever road, weather and trailer or vehicle loading conditions change from when the gain was initially set.

Only use the manual control lever for correct adjustment of the gain during trailer setup. Misuse, such as application during trailer sway, could cause instability of trailer or tow vehicle.

Avoid towing in adverse weather conditions. The trailer brake controller does not provide anti-lock control of the trailer wheels. Trailer wheels can lock up on slippery surfaces, resulting in instability of trailer or tow vehicle.

243

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

The trailer brake controller is fitted with a feature that reduces output at vehicle speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h) so trailer and vehicle braking is not jerky or harsh. This feature is only available when applying the brakes using your vehicle’s brake pedal, not the controller.

The controller interacts with the brake control system and powertrain control system of your vehicle to provide the best performance on different road conditions.

Your vehicle’s brake system and the trailer brake system work independently of each other. Changing the gain setting on the controller does not affect the operation of your vehicle’s brake system whether you attach a trailer or not.

When you switch the engine off, the controller output is disabled and the display and module shut down. The controller module and display turn on when you switch the ignition on.

The trailer brake controller is only a factory-installed or dealer-installed item. Ford is not responsible for warranty or performance of the controller due to misuse or customer installation.

Trailer Lamps

WARNING: Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle’s tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required.

Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lamps, brake lamps, turn signals and hazard warning lamps are working.

Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning, stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles.

When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph

(113 km/h) until you drive your vehicle at least 495 mi (800 km). See Breaking-In (page 247).

Do not make full-throttle starts. Check the tow hitch, electrical

connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).

When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the gearshift in position park (P) to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A/C performance.

Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or on hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.

Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective.

If the transmission is fitted with a Grade Assist, Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling.

244

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

If your vehicle is fitted with AdvanceTrac with roll stability control (RSC), this system may turn on during typical cornering maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer. This is normal. Turning the corner at a slower speed while towing may reduce this tendency.

If you are towing a trailer frequently in hot weather, hilly conditions, at the gross combined weight rating (or any combination of these factors), consider refilling your vehicle’s rear axle with synthetic gear lubricant (if the axle is not already filled with it). See Capacities and Specifications (page 352).

Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade: Turn the steering wheel to point

your vehicle tires away from traffic flow.

Set your vehicle parking brake. Place the automatic transmission

in position park (P). Place wheel chocks in front of and

at the back of the trailer wheels. (Trailer wheel chocks are not included with your vehicle.)

Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Water Craft (PWC) When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval: Do not allow the static water level to

rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.

Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.

Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water.

Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water. Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components: Causing internal damage to the

components. Affecting driveability, emissions, and

reliability. Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider.

245

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Towing

REDUCED ENGINE PERFORMANCE

WARNING: If you continue to drive your vehicle when the engine is overheating, the engine could stop without warning. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.

If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle moves to the upper limit position, the engine is overheating. See Gauges (page 110). You must only drive your vehicle for a short distance if the engine overheats. The distance you can travel depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. The engine continues to operate with limited power for a short period of time. If the engine temperature continues to rise, the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The air conditioning switches off and the engine cooling fan operates continually. 1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop

your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

2. Immediately switch the engine off to prevent severe engine damage.

3. Wait for the engine to cool down. 4. Check the coolant level. See Engine

Coolant Check (page 285). 5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as

possible.

ECONOMICAL DRIVING The following helps to improve fuel consumption: Regularly check your tire pressures and

make sure that they are inflated to the correct pressure.

Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and carry out the recommended checks.

Plan your journey and check the traffic before you set off.

Avoid idling the engine in cold weather or for extended periods. Start the engine only when you are ready to set off.

Do not carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.

Do not add unnecessary accessories to the exterior of your vehicle, for example running boards. If you use a roof rack, remember to fold it down or remove it when not in use.

Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy braking.

Switch off all electric systems when not in use, for example air conditioning. Make sure that you unplug any accessories from the auxiliary power points when not in use.

COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below approximately -13F (-25C).

246

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Hints

BREAKING-IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics. The engine also needs to break in. Avoid hard accelerations and driving too fast for the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). If possible, avoid carrying heavy loads up steep grades during the break-in period.

DRIVING THROUGH WATER

WARNING: Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle.

Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter. Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel hubs.

E176913

When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so:

Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work.

Check that the horn works. Check that the exterior lights work. Turn the steering wheel to check that

the steering power assist works.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING: Use a floor mat designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.

WARNING: Secure the floor mat to both retention devices so that it cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats. This could result in the floor mat interfering with the operation of the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while your vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.

247

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Hints

E142666

To install floor mats that have eyelets, position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor mat. To remove the floor mats, reverse the installation procedure. Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make sure they are secure.

248

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Driving Hints

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available: 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For the coverage period supplied with

your vehicle. Roadside Assistance covers: A flat tire change with a good spare

(except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit).

Battery jump start. Lock-out assistance (key replacement

cost is the customer’s responsibility). Fuel delivery independent service

contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period.

Winch out available within 100 ft (30 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries.

Towing independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).

Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services.

Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is in the Owner’s Manual kit. United States vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673. If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts.

249

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage. If you require more information, please call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca.

HAZARD FLASHERS

E71943

The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel. Switch the hazard warning

flashers on when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard.

Press the button to switch the hazard warning flashers on. The front and rear direction indicators will flash. Press the button again to switch the hazard warning flashers off. Note: Prolonged use of the hazard warning flashers will cause the battery to run out of charge. There may be insufficient power to restart the engine.

EMERGENCY EXIT — M2 BUS

E323705

1

2

1

1. Pull the release handles. 2. Push the window.

FUEL SHUTOFF

WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death.

In the event of a moderate to severe crash, your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shutoff. Should the engine turn off after a crash, you may restart the engine by carrying out the following.

Ignition Switch 1. Switch the ignition off. 2. Switch the ignition to position III. 3. Switch the ignition off. 4. Switch the ignition on again to

re-enable the fuel pump.

250

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer.

Keyless Starting (If Equipped)

1. Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once.

2. Press the brake pedal, and then press and release the button once.

3. Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once.

4. Press the brake pedal and then press the button until the engine starts.

Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.

WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.

WARNING: Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.

Preparing Your Vehicle Note: Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage. Note: Use only a12 Vbattery to start your vehicle. Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system. Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch, and switch off all accessories. Your vehicle has a positive (+) access terminal and a negative (-) grounding connection point that you can access under the hood, even though the actual battery is under the driver seat. You can jump your vehicle using these points. The positive (+) access terminal is next to the fuse box, under a red cap. To access the positive (+) terminal, lift the red cap up.

251

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

E145290

The negative (-) terminal is a post, located on the driver side, near the hood hinge. It is a grounding connection point, so you will need to remove the rubber covering first.

E183998

Connecting the Jumper Cables

WARNING: Make sure that the cables are clear of any moving parts and fuel delivery system parts.

Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.

4

2

1

3

E142664

1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) access terminal of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the assisting battery.

3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery.

4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to the ground connection point of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

WARNING: Do not connect the negative jumper cable to any other part of your vehicle. Use the ground point.

252

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

Jump Starting 1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle

and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms, as shown in your tachometer.

2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. 3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run

both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.

Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected.

4

1

3

2

E142665

1. Remove the jumper cable from the grounding connection point of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle’s battery.

3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle’s battery.

4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) access terminal of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

After you start the disabled vehicle and remove the jumper cables, allow your vehicle to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

E143886

253

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle. It is acceptable to have your front-wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground. When towing in this manner, the rear wheels can remain on the ground. Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission. Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission, all-wheel or four-wheel drive system and vehicle.

TOWING POINTS Rear Towing Point

E142319

254

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM

WHAT IS THE POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system helps draw attention to your vehicle in the event of a serious impact.

HOW DOES THE POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM WORK The system is designed to turn the hazard flashers on and to intermittently sound the horn in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag or the seatbelt pretensioners.

POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM LIMITATIONS Depending on applicable laws in the country your vehicle was built for, the horn does not sound in the event of a serious impact.

SWITCHING THE POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM OFF Press the hazard flasher switch or the unlock button on the remote control to switch the system off. Note: The alert turns off when the vehicle battery runs out of charge.

255

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Crash and Breakdown Information

FORD CREDIT US Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business. We offer a number of convenient ways for you to contact us, and to manage your account. Call 1-800-727-7000. For more information about Ford Credit and access to Account Manager, go to www.ford.com/finance.

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction. Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer. A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford.

Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer. In the United States: Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48126 Telephone 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952) If your vehicle is configured as a motorhome please call 1-800-444-3311 for support. Additional information and resources are available online:

Website

www.owner.ford.com

These are some of the items that can be found online: U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,

City/State or Zip Code. Owner Manuals. Maintenance Schedules. Recalls. Ford Extended Service Plans. Ford Genuine Accessories. Service specials and promotions. In Canada: Mailing address

256

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 Telephone 1-800-565-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-888-658-6805)

Website

www.ford.ca

Facebook FordServiceCA (English) FordServiceQC (Franais) Twitter @FordServiceCA

Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps: 1. Contact your Sales Representative or

Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer.

2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager.

3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.

In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center: Vehicle Identification Number. Your telephone number (home and

business).

The name of the authorized dealer and city where located.

The vehicles current odometer reading. In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state’s warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt. Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY) California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicles applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle.

257

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever occurs first: 1. Two or more repair attempts are made

on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR

2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR

3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time).

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address: Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes.

THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY) Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program. The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator considers the testimony provided and makes a decision after the hearing. Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter. BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information that follows, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have

258

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that needs to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB reviews the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines. You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to: BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National Programs, Inc. 1676 International Drive, Suite 550 McLean, VA 22102 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673. For additional information, refer to the Better Business Bureau website. Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation.

UTILIZING THE MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY) For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers. In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory-related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation/arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed. This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings. In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment. These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties, make decisions and, when appropriate, render awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, and final as the arbitrators award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada. CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces. For more information, without charge or obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit www.camvap.ca.

GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper sulfur fuel for diesel engines. If you cannot find the proper fuel recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center.

259

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

The use of improper fuels in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact the corresponding Ford Customer Assistance Center: FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Centers in:

E-mailFaxPhoneCustomer Relation- ship Center

apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific

atnclien@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673Caribbean and Central America

menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266

Ford

Middle East

80004443673

Lincoln 80004441067

UAE 80004441066

Saudi Arabia 8008443673

Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi

800850078

Kuwait 22280384

nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa

atnclien@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands

ssacrc@ford.comN/AN/ASub-Saharan Africa

infokr1@ford.com or infokr@lincoln.comN/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea

260

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Global Trade Services by emailing, expcso@ford.com. If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealerships Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed. Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673.

ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER’S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, LLC at: HELM, LLC 47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200 Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356 Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. — 6:00 p.m. EST Helm, LLC can also be reached by their website: www.helminc.com (Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owners Manual French Owners Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, LLC using the contact information listed previously in this section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast Washington, D.C. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.

261

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect

which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada.

Transport Canada Contact Information

http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor- vehicles.html (English)

Website

http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules- automobiles.html (French)

Website

1-800-333-0510Phone

Ford of Canada Contact Information

www.ford.caWebsite

1-800-565-3673Phone

262

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Customer Assistance

FUSE BOX LOCATIONS Engine Compartment Fuse Box

E319023

Driver Compartment Fuse Box

E296247

The fuse box is behind the removable trim panel.

Body Control Module

E296246

Passenger Compartment Fuse Box

E296255

Pre-fuse Box The fuse box is under the driver seat.

263

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Engine Compartment Fuse Box

E308021

12

18

7

2 3

8

13

1

38

43

52

21

28

35

4039

34

27 31

33

51

26 25 17 11 6

14

9 10

4 5

15 16

23 24

53

48

29

22

54 55 56 57 58

19

20

4544 46 47

32

37

4241

36

30

49 50

59

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Wipers.50 A1

Not used.-2

All-Wheel Drive.40 A3

Parking lamps.30 A4

Reversing lamp.10 A5

Not used.-6

Front blower motor.40 A7

264

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-8

Rear door latch.15 A9

Not used.-10

Auxiliary power point.40 A11 USB port.

Horn.20 A12

Not used.-13

Vehicle power 5.15 A14

Not used.-15

Not used.-16

Right-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.10 A17

Rear window defroster.40 A18

Front fog lamp.20 A19

Power folding mirrors.10 A20

Vehicle power 4.15 A21

Rear blower motor.40 A22

Fuel pump.20 A23

Run/Start relay.40 A24

Auxiliary power points.40 A25

Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.10 A26

Not used.-27

Vehicle power 1.20 A28

Not used.-29

Coolant pump.15 A30

Anti-lock brake system.5 A31

Transmission control module.15 A32

Starter motor.30 A33

265

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-34

Vehicle power 2.15 A35

Engine coolant bypass valve.5 A36

Glow plugs.5 A37 Powertrain control module.

Anti-lock brake system with electronic stability control (excluding 510 series).40 A

38 Cooling fan (510 series).60 A

Not used.-39

Vehicle power 3.10 A40

Not used.-41

Not used (excluding 510 series).- 42

Cooling fan (510 series).15 A

Anti-lock brake system pump.60 A43

Cooling fan (excluding 510 series).25 A 44

Not used (510 series).-

Trailer socket.30 A45

Not used.-46

Not used.-47

Cooling fan (excluding 510 series).50 A 48 Anti-lock brake system with electronic stability

control (510 series).40 A

Not used.-49

Not used.-50

Air conditioning clutch.10 A51

Cooling fan (excluding 510 series).50 A 52

Cooling fan (510 series).60 A

Not used.-53

266

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Battery back-up sounder.20 A54

Transmission fluid pump.25 A55

Not used.-56

Not used.-57

Trailer socket.30 A58

Cooling fan relay.-59

Driver Compartment Fuse Box

E296291

64 65 66 67 6863

1 3 5 7 9 8 19 20 21 22

31 32 33 34 35

36 37 38 39 40

23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30

642

10

41 42 45 46 47 48 49

56 57 58 59 60 61 62

74 7569 70 71 72 73

76 77 78 79 80

50 51 52 53 54 55

84 85 86 81 82 83

43 44

12 14 16 18 17151311

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

USB port.5 A1

Not used.-2

USB port.5 A3

Not used.-4

267

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-5

Not used.-6

Not used.-7

Not used.-8

Heated exterior mirrors.10 A9

Cooling fan.5 A10

Not used.-11

Not used.-12

Not used.-13

Not used.-14

Not used.-15

Rain sensor.5 A16

Not used.-17

Relay.20 A18

Not used.-19

Not used.-20

Heated rear window.20 A21

Heated rear window.20 A22

Auxiliary power point.20 A23

Auxiliary power point.20 A24

Not used.-25

Windshield wiper motor.25 A26

Not used.-27

Modified vehicle connections.30 A28

Fuel fired heater.20 A29

Power running boards.30 A30

Not used.-31

268

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-32

Not used.-33

Not used.-34

Not used.-35

Not used.-36

Not used.-37

Not used.-38

Not used.-39

Not used.-40

Load shed relay.25 A41

Starter relay.40 A42

Upfitter relay.40 A43

Starter relay.40 A44

Upfitter interface module.10 A45

Not used.-46

Not used.-47

Modified vehicle connections.5 A48

Brake pedal switch.10 A49

Passenger power seat.30 A50

Modified vehicle connections.40 A51

Driver power seat.30 A52

Battery.60 A53

Power inverter.60 A54

Body control module.50 A55

Modified vehicle connections.10 A56

Not used.-57

Connector camper body interface.10 A58

269

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Upfitter interface. Secondary junction box.

Rear climate control.

10 A59 Front view camera. Rear view camera. Adaptive cruise control module. Blind spot information system.

Trailer brake control module.10 A60

Not used.-61

Enhanced cut off relay system module.15 A62

Auxiliary power point.20 A63

Modified vehicle connections.30 A64

Not used.-65

Enhanced cut off relay system. 10 A66 Camper.

Load shed relay.

Not used.-67

Trailer tow module.5 A68

Steering wheel module.5 A69

Swivel seats.5 A70

Passenger heated seat.10 A71

Driver heated seat.10 A72

Adaptive front lighting module.20 A73 Headlamp leveling.

Not used.-74

Engine compartment fuse box.20 A75

Power sliding door control switch.10 A76

Headlamp switch.5 A77

Modified vehicle connections.7.5 A78

Driver compartment fuse box relay.5 A79

270

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-80

Trailer tow module.40 A81

Power sliding door.30 A82

Trailer brake control module.30 A83

Body control module.50 A84

Power sliding door.30 A85

Body control module.50 A86

Body Control Module

E145984

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-1

Power inverter.10 A2

Power window switch.7.5 A3 Power exterior mirrors.

Not used.20 A4

271

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.-5

Not used.10 A6

Not used.10 A7

Telematics control unit module.5 A8

Rear air conditioning.5 A9

Not used.-10

Not used.-11

Climate control.7.5 A12

Data link connector. 7.5 A13 Steering column.

Instrument cluster.

Not used.15 A14

SYNC 3 module.15 A15 Integrated control panel.

Not used.-16

Not used.7.5 A17

Not used.7.5 A18

Not used.5 A19

Ignition switch.5 A20

Not used.5 A21

Not used.5 A22

Not used.30 A23

Not used.30 A24

Not used.20 A25

Not used.30 A26

Not used.30 A27

Not used.30 A28

Not used.15 A29

272

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Not used.5 A30

Data link connector.10 A31 Remote key receiver.

Radio.20 A32

Not used.-33

Run/Start relay. 30 A34 Parking aid.

Steering column.

Not used.5 A35

Parking aid. 15 A36

Steering column control module.

Not used.20 A37

Power windows.30 A38

Passenger Compartment Fuse Box

E296792

1

3 4

5 8

9 1210

14

18

19

20

21

22

23 24

15

16

6 7

11

13

17

2

273

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Relay 2.40 A1

Relay 3.40 A2

Relay 1.20 A3

Relay 4.20 A4

Relay 5.20 A5

Not used.-6

Not used.-7

Relay 7.20 A8

Relay 8.20 A9

Not used.-10

Not used.-11

Relay 9.20 A12

Relay 6.20 A13

Ignition.5 A14

Power supply.5 A15

Auxiliary switch 3 relay.20 A16

Auxiliary switch 3 relay.40 A17

Auxiliary switch 3 relay.40 A18

Auxiliary switch 4 relay.20 A19

Auxiliary switch 5 relay.20 A20

Auxiliary fuse box relay.20 A21

Auxiliary switch 7 relay.20 A22

Auxiliary switch 8 relay.20 A23

Auxiliary switch 9 relay.20 A24

274

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Pre-fuse Box

8

14

15

E296043

139

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Body control module.125 A1

Electronic power assist steering.80 A2

Not used.-3

Not used.-4

Not used.-5

Passenger compartment fuse box.150 A6

Camper.60 A7

Not used.-8

Starter motor.500 A9 Alternator.

Engine compartment fuse box.300 A10

Dual generators.250 A11

275

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Protected ComponentFuse RatingItem

Driver compartment fuse box.150 A12

Load shed relay.190 A13

Auxiliary power point 1.175 A14

Auxiliary power point 2.60 A15

CHANGING A FUSE Fuses

WARNING: Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.

E217331

If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.

Fuse Types

E207206

276

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

Fuse TypeCallout

Micro 2A

Micro 3B

MaxiC

MiniD

M CaseE

J CaseF

J Case Low ProfileG

277

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Fuses

GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle. If your vehicle requires professional service, an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered. Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle.

Precautions Do not work on a hot engine. Make sure that nothing gets caught in

moving parts. Do not work on a vehicle with the

engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.

Keep all open flames and other burning material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift the

transmission to park (P). 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Block the wheels.

Working with the Engine On

WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.

1. Set the parking brake and shift the transmission to park (P).

2. Block the wheels.

OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood

E175221

1. Pull the hood release lever.

278

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

E217707

2

3

2. Slightly lift the hood. 3. Move the catch to the left.

E87786

4. Open the hood. Support the hood with the strut.

Closing the Hood 1. Remove the strut from the catch and

secure it correctly in the clip. 2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop

under its own weight for the last 812 in (2030 cm).

Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly closed.

279

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW — 3.5L DURATEC

A B DC

EFG E306489

H

Air filter assembly.A Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 282).B Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 290).C Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 285).D Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 263).E Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).F Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 282).G Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 294).H

280

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW — 3.5L ECOBOOST

A

H

B D

EG

C

F E306483

Air filter assembly.A Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 282).B Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 290).C Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 285).D Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 263).E Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).F Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 282).G Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 294).H

281

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK — 3.5L DURATEC

E174604

A B

MinimumA MaximumB

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK — 3.5L ECOBOOST

E174604

A B

MinimumA MaximumB

ENGINE OIL CHECK 1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level

ground.

2. Check the oil level before starting the engine, or switch the engine off after warm up and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan.

3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth.

4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.

5. Remove the dipstick again to check the oil level.

Note: If the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the oil level is acceptable. Do not add oil. 6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,

immediately add oil. 7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is

fully seated. Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 3,000 mi (5,000 km).

Adding Engine Oil

WARNING: Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.

Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that the vehicle warranty may not cover. 1. Clean the area surrounding the engine

oil filler cap before you remove it. 2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. 3. Add engine oil that meets our

specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 352).

282

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance.

Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage. Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage with an absorbent cloth.

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

WARNING: If it illuminates when you are driving do not continue your journey, even if the oil level is correct. Have your vehicle checked.

It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine

is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

WARNING: Prolonged and repeated skin contact with mineral oil will result in the removal of natural fats from the skin, leading to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants, which may cause skin cancer. If skin contact occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap or skin cleanser and water immediately.

WARNING: Do not dispose of engine oils or oil filters in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility.

WARNING: Do not remove the oil pan drain plug when the engine is running.

WARNING: Do not remove the oil filter when the engine is running.

1. Remove the oil pan drain plug and wait for the oil to drain into a suitable container.

2. Renew the oil filter. 3. Reinstall the oil pan drain plug. 4. Refill the engine with new oil that

meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 352).

Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage. Note: Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately. 5. Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor.

See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 284).

Engine Lubrication for Severe Service Operation The following conditions define severe service operation. The Intelligent Oil Life Monitor will determine engine oil and oil filter change intervals. Frequent or extended idling. Frequent low-speed operation at

25 mph (40 km/h) or less. Frequent severe dust condition

operation. Frequent off-road operation.

283

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Sustained ambient temperatures of -9F (-23C) or below.

Sustained ambient temperatures of 100F (38C) or above.

Sustained towing operation above 1,000 mi (1,600 km).

Sustained high-speed driving at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (maximum loaded weight for vehicle operation).

Sustained use of diesel fuel other than ultra-low sulfur diesel (ULSD).

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET Only reset the system after changing the engine oil and oil filter.

Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the

engine. 2. Fully press the accelerator and brake

pedals at the same time. 3. Keep the accelerator and brake pedals

fully pressed. 4. After 25 seconds, the oil change

reminder resets. 5. Release the accelerator and brake

pedals. 6. Switch the ignition off. 7. Switch the ignition on to confirm that

the oil change reminder does not display.

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER

WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.

Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. The vehicle Warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used. Only use the specified air filter. See Capacities and Specifications (page 352). Change the air filter element at the proper interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 446).

E174607

1 2

3

1. Disconnect the intake air temperature sensor electrical connector and cable from the air filter cover.

284

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

2. Clean the area around the air tube to air filter cover connection to prevent debris from entering the system and then loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube. It is not necessary to completely remove the clamp. Pull the air tube off from the air filter cover.

3. Release the clamps that secure the air filter cover to the air filter housing.

E174669

4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing.

5. Install a new air filter element. 6. Replace the air filter housing cover.

Engage the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. Make sure that the tabs on the edge are correctly aligned into the slots.

7. Slip the air tube onto the air filter cover and snugly tighten the bolt on the air tube clamp, but do not overtighten.

8. Reconnect the intake air temperature sensor electrical connector to the outlet tube. Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position.

ENGINE COOLING FAN

WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.

Under certain conditions, the engine cooling fan may continue to run for several minutes after you switch your vehicle off.

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.

WARNING: To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly.

WARNING: Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark.

When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 446).

285

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and the MAX marks on the coolant reservoir. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -29F (-34C) and -35F (-37C). Coolant concentration should be checked using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration.

Adding Coolant

WARNING: Do not add engine coolant when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.

Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable.

It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification in order to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved concentrated coolant diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. Using water that has not been deionised may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion and plugging of the small cooling system passageways. Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to our specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. To top up the coolant level do the following: 1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure

escapes as you unscrew the cap. 2. Add prediluted coolant approved to

the correct specification. 3. Add enough prediluted coolant to

reach the correct level. 4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn

the cap clockwise until it contacts the hard stop.

5. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the correct level.

286

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage. In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. In this instance, qualified personnel: 1. Must drain the cooling system. 2. Chemically clean the coolant system. 3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as

possible. Water alone, without engine coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: Alcohol. Methanol. Brine. Any coolant mixed with alcohol or

methanol antifreeze. Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant.

Recycled Coolant We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available. Note: Dispose of used coolant in the appropriate manner. Follow your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.

Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates: It may be necessary to increase the

coolant concentration above 50%. A coolant concentration of 60%

provides improved freeze point protection.

Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.

If you drive in extremely hot climates: You can decrease the coolant

concentration to 40%. A coolant concentration of 40%

provides improved overheat protection. Coolant concentrations below 40%

decrease the overheat and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection.

Coolant Change At specific mileage intervals, as listed in the scheduled maintenance information, the coolant should be changed. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification.

Fail-Safe Cooling Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before any incremental component damage occurs. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain.

287

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

How Fail-Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat, the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone:

A warning lamp illuminates and a message may appear in the information display.

If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine. When this occurs, your vehicle still operates, however: Engine power is limited. The air conditioning system turns off. Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated

WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury.

WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

Your vehicle has limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not maintain high-speed operation and the engine may operate poorly. Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation: 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely

possible and switch the engine off. 2. If you are a member of a roadside

assistance program, we recommend that you contact your roadside assistance service provider.

3. If this is not possible, wait for a short period of time for the engine to cool.

4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.

5. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage.

288

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Engine Coolant Temperature Management (If Equipped)

WARNING: To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the coolant temperature reduces.

If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the engine may temporarily reach a higher temperature during severe operating conditions, for example ascending a long or steep grade in high ambient temperatures. At this time, you may notice the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone and a message may appear in the information display. You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power in order to manage the engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on vehicle loading, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to stop your vehicle. You can continue to drive. The air conditioning may automatically turn on and off during severe operating conditions to protect the engine from overheating. When the coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, the air conditioning turns on. If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red zone, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display, do the following:

1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Fully apply the parking brake, shift into park (P) or neutral (N).

2. Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle returns to the normal position. If the temperature does not drop after several minutes, follow the remaining steps.

3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool. Check the coolant level.

4. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.

5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the engine and continue.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick. Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval. Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, if the transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an authorized dealer. Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components.

289

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID CHECK

WARNING: Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician.

WARNING: A fluid level between the MAX and MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the system. Have your vehicle checked immediately.

E170684

To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 352).

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY The battery is under the driver seat. Note: If you have power seats and the battery has no charge, jump-start your vehicle to move the seat. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).

290

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Removing the Battery

E152526

1

1. Fully raise the driver seat and move it fully forward. Pull the tabs upward and remove the cover.

Note: Your vehicle may not have this cover.

2

E152529

2. Unhook the cover and tuck it under the seat.

E146781

3

4

3. Remove both seat track end caps. Note: Your vehicle may not have these end caps. 4. Remove both seat adjustment end

stop bolts at the front of the seat.

5

6

E146773

5. Remove the battery clamp and cover bolts.

6. Remove the battery clamp and cover.

291

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

E162774

7. Remove the battery terminal cover and remove the negative (-) terminal.

Note: Single batteries could be mounted the opposite way around in the battery tray. The negative terminal is toward the rear of your vehicle.

8

E162775

8. Release the retaining clips and remove the cover.

9. Remove the cable securing clips from the cover.

E162776

10. Remove the positive (+) terminal and remove the battery.

Note: Batteries are heavy. 11. Move the second battery toward the

rear of your vehicle and remove the negative (-) terminal.

12. Remove the positive (+) terminal and remove the battery.

Replacing the Battery

WARNING: Make sure that you securely fasten the seat runner bolts before installing the covers.

You must replace the battery with one of exactly the same specification. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Note: Make sure that you correctly install the battery terminal covers, battery cover and battery cable clips.

292

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the aim of the headlamp beam checked by an authorized dealer.

Headlamp Aiming Target

E142592

8 ft (2.4 m)A Ground to the center of the headlamp low beam bulb

B

25 ft (7.6 m)C Horizontal reference lineD

Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure 1. Park your vehicle on level ground

approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall or screen.

2. Measure the distance from the ground to the center of the headlamp low beam bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m) long horizontal reference line on the wall or screen at this height.

E199411

Note: There may be an identifying mark on the lens to help you locate the center of the bulb. Note: To see a clearer light pattern while adjusting one headlamp, you may want to block the light from the other headlamp. 3. Switch on the low beam headlamps

and open the hood.

E142465

4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the flat zone of high intensity light is not on the horizontal reference line, adjust the aim of the headlamp beam.

293

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

E164485

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Use a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver or hexagonal socket, to turn the adjuster clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line.

6. Close the hood and switch off the lamps.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment The horizontal aim of the headlamp beam on your vehicle is not adjustable.

WASHER FLUID CHECK When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer fluid and water to help prevent freezing in cold weather and improve the cleaning capability. For information on fluid dilution, refer to the product instructions. We recommend that you only use high quality washer fluid. Note: The reservoir supplies the front and rear washer systems.

FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.

CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES

E142463

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.

294

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER BLADES

E72899

1. Lift the wiper arm. Press the wiper blade locking button.

Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. 2. Remove the wiper blade. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. 3. To install, reverse the removal

procedure. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.

REMOVING A HEADLAMP

WARNING: Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.

1. Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 278).

E169198

2

2. Remove the screws.

E169199

3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of your vehicle to disengage it from its locating points and then lift the headlamp up.

E169200

4. Disconnect the electrical connectors.

295

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Note: When you install the headlamp, make sure that you correctly attach the electrical connector. Note: When you install the headlamp, make sure that you correctly engage its locating points.

CHANGING A BULB

WARNING: Switch the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury.

WARNING: Lamps and associated components become hot when in use. Let them cool down before you remove them.

Use the correct specification bulb. See Bulb Specification Chart (page 369). The following instructions describe how to remove the bulbs. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. Contact an authorized dealer.

Headlamp

E175739

B C D A

Parking lamp and direction indicator lamp.

A

Headlamp high beam.B Headlamp low beam and daytime running lamp.

C

Side marker lamp.D Note: You may have to remove a cover to gain access to the bulb.

Side Marker Lamp

3

E175740

2

1. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 295).

2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

296

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Parking Lamp and Direction Indicator Lamp

3

E175741

2

1. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 295).

2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

Headlamp Low Beam and Daytime Running Lamp

4 3 2

E175742

1. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 295).

2. Carefully remove the cover. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and

remove it. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.

Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder.

Headlamp High Beam

4

3

2 E175743

1. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 295).

2. Carefully remove the cover. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and

remove it. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder.

High Intensity Discharge Headlamps These lamps operate at a high voltage. Contact an authorized dealer if they fail.

297

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Front Clearance Lamp (If Equipped)

E181397

2

1

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.

Side Direction Indicator (If Equipped)

E169209 3

1 4

5

2

1. Remove the large mirror glass. Tilt the mirror glass fully up, pull the mirror glass toward you from the bottom.

2. Remove the small mirror glass. Tilt the mirror glass fully down, pull the mirror glass toward you from the top.

3. Remove the screws. 4. Remove the lamp lens. 5. Remove the bulb.

Rear Lamps

E175758

2

1

1. Remove the screws. 2. Remove the lamp.

298

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

3

E175745

3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.

A

B

C

4

E175746

Tail and brake lamp.A Reversing lamp.B Rear clearance lamp.C

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

High Mounted Stoplamps This is not a serviceable item, contact an authorized dealer if it fails.

License Plate Lamp

E72789

1. Carefully release the spring clip. 2. Remove the lamp. 3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. Pull the bulb straight out.

Interior Lamp Vehicles with Interior Sensors

1

2

E154370

1. Carefully remove the lens. 2. Remove the bulb.

299

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

Reading Lamps Vehicles with Interior Sensors

22

1

E72786

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it.

E73939 3

3. Remove the bulb.

Vehicles without Interior Sensors

E99453

2

3

1

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb.

Sun Visor Mirror Lamp

E72785

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Remove the bulb.

300

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

DRIVE BELT ROUTING — VEHICLES WITH: DUAL GENERATORS

E311986

A

B

Drives the air conditioning compressor and a generator.

A

Drives the coolant pump and a generator.

B

DRIVE BELT ROUTING — VEHICLES WITH: SINGLE GENERATOR

A

B E311736

Drives the air conditioning compressor.

A

Drives the coolant pump and the generator.

B

301

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Maintenance

CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality:

Materials

SpecificationName

-Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover(U.S.) Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover / Dissolvant de goudron et liminateur dinsectes Motor- craft(Canada) ZC-42(U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner(U.S.) Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner / Nettoyant pour mtal brillant Motorcraft(Canada) ZC-15(U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft Detail Wash(U.S.) Motorcraft Detail Wash / Shampooing superfin Motorcraft(Canada) ZC-3-A(U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser(U.S.) (Canada) ZC-20(U.S.)

-(U.S.) Motorcraft Engine Shampoo / Shampooing pour moteur Motorcraft(Canada) CXC-66-A(Canada)

-(U.S.) Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner / Nettoyant multi-usage Motorcraft(Canada) CXC-101(Canada)

WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concen- trate with Bitterant(U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualit Motor- craft(Canada) ZC-32-B2(U.S.) CXC-37-F/M(Canada)

-Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner(U.S.) Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner / Nettoyant professionnel pour sellerie et moquette Motorcraft(Canada)

302

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

SpecificationName

ZC-54(U.S. & Canada)

-Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover(U.S.) (Canada) ZC-14(U.S.)

ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner(U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner / Nettoie-vitres de qualit suprieure Motorcraft(Canada) ZC-23(U.S.) CXC-100(Canada)

-Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner(U.S.) Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner / Nettoyant pour roues et pneus Motorcraft(Canada) ZC-37-A(U.S. & Canada)

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR We recommend that you wash your vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm water containing a car shampoo. Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing cycle, make sure that you remove the wax from the windshield and the wiper blades. Note: Before using a car wash, check that it is suitable for your vehicle. Note: Some car washes use water at high pressure. Due to this, water droplets may enter inside your vehicle and could also damage certain parts of your vehicle. Note: Remove the antenna before using an automatic car wash. Note: Switch the blower motor off to prevent contamination of the cabin air filter.

Cleaning the Headlamps Note: Do not scrape the headlamps. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the headlamps.

Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry.

Cleaning the Rear Window Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear window. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the inside of the rear window. Clean the inside of the rear window with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner

Cleaning the Chrome Trim Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the chrome trim. Use soapy water. Dry the chrome trim with a clean, soft cloth Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause damage over a period of time.

303

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Body Paintwork Preservation Frequently remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout to avoid paint surface damage. Frequently wash the underbody of your vehicle if salt is applied on the road. We recommend that you wax the paintwork once or twice a year. Note: Do not apply polish in strong sunlight as this dries the polish too quickly. Note: Do not allow polish to come in contact with unpainted plastic surfaces as it can be difficult to remove. Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield or rear window. A contaminated windshield or contaminated wiper blades may lead to increased wiper noise, reduced wipe quality or reduced rain sensor performance.

Sliding Door Tracks

WARNING: Do not open or close the sliding doors when your hands are near the tracks or rollers.

To clean the sliding door tracks, wipe the surface using a clean, cotton cloth with a mild soap and water solution. Do not use a commercial or high-pressure washer.

WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car’s paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year. When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax.

Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives.

Follow the manufacturers instructions to apply and remove the wax.

Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles.

Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time. Roof racks. Bumpers. Grained door handles. Side moldings. Mirror housings. Windshield cowl area.

Do not apply wax to glass areas. After waxing, your car’s paint should

feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges.

CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal. When washing: Take care when using a power washer

to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage.

Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components.

Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo.

304

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover remove the cover before application of Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser. Immediately rinse away any over spray. Never wash or rinse the engine while it

is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage.

Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations.

Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance. To clean the windshield and wiper blades: Clean the windshield with a

non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately.

For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.

Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials. Note: We recommend distilled water when cleaning.

Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not use excessive amounts of water to clean the vehicle interior. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. To clean: Remove dust and loose dirt with a

vacuum cleaner or brush. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp

cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set.

305

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Seatbelts

WARNING: Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle’s seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing.

WARNING: On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash.

Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical solvents to clean them. Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate the seatbelt retractor mechanism. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. Let them dry naturally, away from artificial heat.

Leather Interior (If Equipped)

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use a leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather: Oil and petroleum or silicone-based

leather conditioners. Household cleaners.

Alcohol solutions. Solvents or cleaners intended

specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.

Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped)

Note: Do not steam clean. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. Do not use the following products: Leather care products. Household cleaners. Alcoholic solutions. Spot removers. Shoe polish. To clean: Remove dust and loose dirt with a

vacuum cleaner. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp

cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set.

Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or radio screens. These cleaning products can damage the screens. Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. Do not spray any liquid directly onto the screens.

306

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the bezel around the display screens as it could damage the surface.

Rear Windows Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to clean the interior of the rear windows. Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the interior of the rear windows.

Mirrors Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.

Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays To clean: Take out any removable inserts. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp

cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS

WARNING: Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system.

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.

Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase

the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection.

Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens.

Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces.

Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces: 1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,

soft cloth as quickly as possible. 2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and

Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.

3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes.

307

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area.

6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer. Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips. Always read and follow the manufacturers instructions before using the products.

CLEANING THE WHEELS Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time. Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent. Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings. Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you: Clean them weekly with the

recommended wheel and tire cleaner. Use a sponge to remove heavy

deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.

Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.

Consult your authorized dealer for approved cleaning products. Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.

VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition. We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components.

General Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated

place. Protect from sunlight, if possible. If vehicles are stored outside, they

require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage.

308

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to

remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders.

Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations.

Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust.

Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.

Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil.

Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Keep all rubber parts free from oil and

solvents.

Engine Change the engine oil and filter prior to

storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage.

Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.

With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running.

We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again.

Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel

until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures. When removing your vehicle from

storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level.

Battery Check and recharge as necessary. Keep

connections clean. If storing your vehicle for more than 30

days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.

Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if battery cables are disconnected.

Brakes Make sure the brakes and parking brake

release fully.

Tires Maintain recommended air pressure.

Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages, cables, levers

and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.

Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following: Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt

or grease film build-up on window surfaces.

Check windshield wipers for any deterioration.

309

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests.

Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage.

Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label.

Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up.

Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels.

If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage.

Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.

BODY STYLING KITS The distance between the underside of your vehicle and the ground is less than that of other models. Drive with extreme care to avoid damage to your vehicle.

310

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Vehicle Care

GENERAL INFORMATION Notice to Utility Vehicle, Van and Truck Owners

WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers, drive at safe speeds for the conditions, keep tires properly inflated, never overload or improperly load your vehicle, and make sure every passenger is properly restrained.

WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. All occupants must wear seat belts. Children and infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection.

E145298

Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets, highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions.

How Your Vehicle Differs from Other Vehicles Sport-utility vehicles, vans and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:

E145299

311

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Higher — to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components.

Shorter — to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components. All other things held equal, a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.

Narrower — to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces, particularly in off-road use.

E166373

As a result of the above dimensional differences, sport-utility vehicles, vans and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition. These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car.

TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT

WARNING: Do not use the inflator kit on run flat tires. This could cause loss of vehicle control.

WARNING: Depending on the type and extent of tire damage, some tires can only be partially sealed or not sealed at all. Loss of tire pressure can affect vehicle handling, leading to loss of vehicle control.

WARNING: Do not use the kit on a previously damaged tire, for example when it has been driven under inflated. This could cause loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.

Note: Motorhome owners may have to follow separate instructions issued with the temporary mobility kit. If your vehicle does not have a spare wheel it has a tire sealant and inflator kit. The kit is in the right-hand side stepwell. Only use the kit supplied with your vehicle. Note: : The kit can only temporarily repair one tire puncture with a maximum puncture size of up to 0.24 in (6 mm).

312

2021 Transit (TTH) Canada/United States of America, MK3J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 202010, Second-Printing

Wheels and Tires

A

C

D F

B

H

E

G

E146784

Protective capA Pressure relief valveB HoseC Pressure gaugeD Power plug with cableE Compressor switchF LabelG Sealant bottleH

Note: Make sure you regularly check the expiry date on the sealant bottle.

If the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates do the following:

1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

2. Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.

3. Check for a punctured tire. Note: Do not remove objects, for example nails or screws from a punctured tire.

Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit

WARNING: Check the sidewall of the tire prior to inflation. If there are any cracks, bumps or similar damage, do not attempt to inflate the tire. This could cause personal injury.

WARNING: Watch the sidewall of the tire when inflating. If any cracks, bumps or similar damage appears, switch the compressor off and let the air out by means of the pressure relief valve. Do not continue driving with this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle control.

WARNING: Do not stand directly beside the tire while the compressor is operating. This could cause personal injury if the tire bursts.

WARNING: Do not leave the kit unattended when it is in use. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.